Ishan Institute of Pharmacy
B Pharm syllabus at Ishan Institute of Pharmacy

B Pharm Syllabus

Semester-wise syllabus of the Bachelor of Pharmacy (B Pharm) programme — course codes, topics, practicals and recommended books for every paper.

Duration
4 Years · 8 Semesters
Papers
193 Credits across 8 Semesters
Affiliation
PCI Approved / BTE / AKTU
Syllabus
PCI B.Pharm Syllabus (NEP 2020), 2026-27

About the B Pharm Syllabus

Ishan Institute of Pharmacy follows the B.Pharm syllabus prescribed by the Pharmacy Council of India (PCI) under its Regulation for the B.Pharm Degree Programme on the Choice Based Credit System, framed as per the National Education Policy 2020 and proposed for implementation from the 2026-27 academic year. The programme runs over eight semesters (four academic years), or six semesters for lateral entry students who join the third semester after a PCI-approved D.Pharm.

A student must earn a minimum of 193 credits: 21, 26, 25, 23, 22, 26, 26 and 24 credits in Semesters I to VIII. Courses are classified as Theory, Practical, Project and Internship; a theory course earns one credit per lecture hour a week and a practical course half a credit per laboratory hour, while every 30 hours of internship or project work counts as one credit. Alongside the core pharmaceutical sciences, the syllabus introduces Python programming, machine learning and artificial intelligence applications in pharmacy.

Skill Enhancement (SEC), Ability Enhancement (AEC) and Value Added (VAC) electives are offered from Semester II, a mandatory internship of at least 240 hours is spread over Semesters IV and VI, and a research project is carried out in Semesters VII and VIII. Each course below lists its course code, credits, marks, unit-wise topics, practicals and recommended books, reproduced from the official PCI syllabus.

B Pharm Subjects List – Semester-wise

Semester-wise scheme of papers for the B Pharm programme as per Pharmacy Council of India. Where a row offers a choice of papers or groups, students opt as indicated. Select a course code to jump to its detailed syllabus.

Semester I

Total: 21 Credits · 675 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP101TBasics of Python Programming for Pharmaceutical Sciences (Theory · Core)220+30
BP102TGeneral Pharmacy (Theory · Core)330+45
BP103THealthcare Psychology and Communication Skills (Theory · Core)120+30
BP104THuman Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I (Theory · Core)440+60
BP105TIntroduction to Pharmacognosy (Theory · Core)330+45
BP106TPharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry (Theory · Core)330+45
BP107PGeneral Pharmacy (Practical · Core)120+30
BP108PHealthcare Psychology and Communication Skills (Practical · Core)120+30
BP109PHuman Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I (Practical · Core)120+30
BP110PIntroduction to Pharmacognosy (Practical · Core)120+30
BP111PPharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry (Practical · Core)120+30

Semester II

Total: 26 Credits · 800 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP201TApplied Biostatistics and Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Sciences (Theory · Core)220+30
BP202TBiochemistry (Theory · Core)330+45
BP203THuman Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II (Theory · Core)440+60
BP204TPharmaceutical Organic Chemistry (Theory · Core)440+60
BP205TPharmacognosy and Phytochemistry (Theory · Core)440+60
BP206TPhysical Pharmaceutics (Theory · Core)330+45
BP207PBiochemistry (Practical · Core)120+30
BP208PHuman Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II (Practical · Core)120+30
BP209PPharmaceutical Organic Chemistry (Practical · Core)120+30
BP210PPharmacognosy and Phytochemistry (Practical · Core)120+30
BP211PPhysical Pharmaceutics (Practical · Core)120+30
SEC – Elective 1 (opt for any one)
BP212P SEC1Communication Skills (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP212P SEC2Mental Well-Being, Stress and Conflict Management (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP212P SEC3Fundamentals of Computer Operations (Practical · Elective)120+30

Semester III

Total: 25 Credits · 725 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP301TIntroduction to Machine Learning in Pharmaceutical Sciences (Theory · Core)220+30
BP302TEnvironmental Sciences (Theory · Core)120+30
BP303TEthics and Universal Human Values (Theory · Core)120+30
BP304TGeneral Pharmacology (Theory · Core)330+45
BP305THeterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry (Theory · Core)330+45
BP306TPharmaceutical Dosage Forms I (Theory · Core)330+45
BP307TPharmaceutical Engineering (Theory · Core)330+45
BP308TPharmaceutical Microbiology (Theory · Core)330+45
BP309PGeneral Pharmacology (Practical · Core)220+30
BP310PHeterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry (Practical · Core)220+30
BP311PPharmaceutical Dosage Forms I (Practical · Core)120+30
AEC – Elective 2 (opt for any one)
BP312P AEC1Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP312P AEC2Food Analysis (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP312P AEC3Yoga and Life Sciences (Practical · Elective)120+30

Semester IV

Total: 23 Credits · 700 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP401THerbal Drug Technology (Theory · Core)330+45
BP402TMedicinal Chemistry (Theory · Core)330+45
BP403TPharmaceutical Biotechnology (Theory · Core)330+45
BP404TSocial Pharmacy and Public Health (Theory · Core)220+30
BP405TSystemic Pharmacology I (Theory · Core)330+45
BP406PHerbal Drug Technology (Practical · Core)120+30
BP407PMedicinal Chemistry (Practical · Core)120+30
BP408PPharmaceutical Biotechnology (Practical · Core)120+30
BP409PSocial Pharmacy and Public Health (Practical · Core)120+30
BP410PSystemic Pharmacology I (Practical · Core)120+30
BP411IInternship (Mandatory) (Internship)4100

Semester V

Total: 22 Credits · 600 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP501TBiomedicinal Chemistry (Theory · Core)330+45
BP502TIndustrial Pharmacognosy (Theory · Core)330+45
BP503TInnovation and Startup Ecosystem (Theory · Core)220+30
BP504TPharmaceutical Dosage Forms II (Theory · Core)220+30
BP505TPharmaceutical Quality Assurance (Theory · Core)330+45
BP506TSystemic Pharmacology II (Theory · Core)330+45
BP507PBiomedicinal Chemistry (Practical · Core)220+30
BP508PIndustrial Pharmacognosy (Practical · Core)120+30
BP509PPharmaceutical Dosage Forms II (Practical · Core)120+30
BP510PSystemic Pharmacology II (Practical · Core)220+30

Semester VI

Total: 26 Credits · 750 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP601TAdvanced Pharmacognosy (Theory · Core)330+45
BP602TBiopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics (Theory · Core)330+45
BP603TIntellectual Property Rights (Theory · Core)220+30
BP604TAI applications in Pharmaceutical Sciences (Theory · Core)220+30
BP605TPharmaceutical Analysis (Theory · Core)330+45
BP606TPharmaceutical Jurisprudence (Theory · Core)330+45
AEC – Elective 3 (opt for any one)
BP607T AEC1Green Chemistry (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP607T AEC2Materiovigilance and Hemovigilance (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP607T AEC3Scientific Writing (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP607T AEC4Drug Store and Business Management (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP607T AEC5Career Building in Cultivation of Medicinal Plants (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP607T AEC6Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Excipient Sciences (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP608PBiopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics (Practical · Core)120+30
BP609PPharmaceutical Analysis (Practical · Core)220+30
SEC – Elective 4 (opt for any one)
BP610P SEC1Computer Aided Drug Design (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP610P SEC2Analytical Method Development and Validation (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP610P SEC3Principles of Preclinical Studies (Practical · Elective)120+30
VAC – Elective 5 (opt for any one)
BP611P VAC1Professional Skills (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP611P VAC2Process Analytical Technology (PAT) and QbD in Formulation Science (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP612IInternship (Mandatory) (Internship · Core)4100

Semester VII

Total: 26 Credits · 700 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP701TBiostatistics and Research Methodology (Theory · Core)330+45
BP702TCosmetics and Cosmeceuticals (Theory · Core)220+30
BP703TAI in Clinical applications (Theory · Core)220+30
BP704TModern Analytical Techniques (Theory · Core)330+45
BP705TPharmacovigilance (Theory · Core)330+45
BP706TPharmacy Practice (Theory · Core)330+45
BP707TRegulatory Affairs (Theory · Core)220+30
AEC – Elective 6 (opt for any one)
BP708T AEC1Current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC2Pharmaceutical Automation (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC3Modern Techniques in Cellular Biology (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC4Medical Devices (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC5Transformation of Food Waste into Medicinal Products (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC6Bio-similars, Vaccines and Macromolecule Sciences (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP708T AEC7Precision Medicine (Theory · Elective)120+30
BP709PModern Analytical Techniques (Practical · Core)120+30
BP710RPResearch Project (Research Project · Core)6150

Semester VIII

Total: 24 Credits · 650 Marks
Course CodePaper TitleCreditsMarks
BP801TEthical Considerations and Translational Applications of AI in Pharmacy (Theory · Core)220+30
BP802TClinical Pharmacotherapeutics (Theory · Core)220+30
BP803TIndustrial Pharmacy and Facility Design (Theory · Core)330+45
BP804TPharmaceutical Management (Theory · Core)220+30
BP805TSterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System (Theory · Core)330+45
AEC – Elective 7 (opt for any one)
BP806T AEC1Pharmaceutical Packaging (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP806T AEC2Supply Chain Management (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP806T AEC3Industrial Safety and Waste Management (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP806T AEC4Traditional Healing Practices of India (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP806T AEC5Futuristic Pharma Through Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR/VR): Pharma 4.0 (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP806T AEC6Herbal Cosmetics for Industry Perspectives (Theory · Elective)220+30
BP807PPharmaceutical Marketing Skills (Practical · Core)120+30
BP808PSterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System (Practical · Core)220+30
VAC – Elective 8 (opt for any one)
BP809P VAC1Cleaning Validation (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP809P VAC2Basic Training in Aseptic Handling Techniques (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP809P VAC3Impurity Profiling (Practical · Elective)120+30
BP810RPResearch Project (Research Project)6150

B Pharm Semester I Syllabus

Semester I of the B Pharm carries 21 credits and 675 marks and covers Basics of Python Programming for Pharmaceutical Sciences, General Pharmacy, Healthcare Psychology and Communication Skills, Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I, Introduction to Pharmacognosy, Pharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry, General Pharmacy, Healthcare Psychology and Communication Skills, Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I, Introduction to Pharmacognosy, Pharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry.

BP101TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Basics of Python Programming for Pharmaceutical Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamentals of Python programming for pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Develop basic programming skills using control structures, functions, and data structures.
  • Provide knowledge of data handling techniques for structured dataset management.
  • Familiarize students with data analysis tools such as NumPy and Pandas for healthcare datasets.
  • Enable students to visualize and interpret pharmaceutical data.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Python programming

    6 Hours

    Installing Python and an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) [Jupyter Notebook, PyCharm, VS Code etc.], Advantages of IDEs over text editors.

    Python variables and data types (integers, floats, strings, booleans), Type casting and basic operators (arithmetic, comparison, logical), Input and output operations.

    Basic string operations and manipulation techniques. Introduction to standard libraries and third-party libraries, installing and uninstalling libraries.

  2. Unit II: Control Structures & Functions

    6 Hours

    Conditional statements (if, if-else, if-elif-else), nested conditions

    Loops (for loop, while loop).

    Break and continue statements.

    Defining and calling functions, passing arguments and returning values.

    Writing modular programs for simple pharmaceutical applications- dosage calculation and BMI calculation.

  3. Unit III: Data Structures & File Handling

    6 Hours

    Lists, tuples, and dictionaries.

    Indexing and slicing lists, basic operations on lists and dictionaries, string manipulation techniques.

    Introduction to NumPy arrays, basic operations using NumPy (array creation, arithmetic operations).

    Reading and writing CSV files.

    Understanding structured healthcare datasets.

    Importing small pharmaceutical datasets and performing basic data access and manipulation tasks.

  4. Unit IV: Data Handling with Pandas

    6 Hours

    Introduction to Pandas library.

    Pandas Series and DataFrame structures.

    Reading CSV and Excel files-PK study datasets and ADR reports

    Inspecting datasets using functions such as head(), tail(), info(), and describe().

    Data cleaning techniques and handling missing values.

    Filtering and selecting data based on conditions.

    Grouping data and performing aggregation functions.

  5. Unit V: Data Visualization with Matplotlib

    6 Hours

    Introduction to Matplotlib.

    Creating line plots, histograms, scatter plots, and box plots.

    Labeling axes, titles, and legends.

    Create plots and visualize pharmaceutical datasets - concentration-time curves for oral and IV administration, ADR reporting rates across drugs, dissolution profiles.

    Scientific interpretation of plots.

Suggested Readings

  • Weiss, C.J., 2017. Scientific Computing for Chemists with Python. Available at: https://weisscharlesj.github.io/SciCompforChemists/notebooks/introduction/intro.html
  • Perkovic, L., 2015. Introduction to Computing Using Python: An Application Development Focus. 2nd ed. Hoboken: Wiley.
  • Sweigart, A., 2025. Automate the Boring Stuff with Python. 3rd ed. Available at: https://automatetheboringstuff.com/
  • W3Schools, n.d. Python Tutorial. Available at: https://www.w3schools.com/python/
  • Datasets for Education and Research: Mentors and students can access healthcare datasets from sources such as Kaggle (healthcare records), government agencies (healthdata.gov, WHO, https://www.data.gov.in/), and clinical trial registries (https://ctri.nic.in/, https://clinicaltrials.gov/). Always use data responsibly.
BP102TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

General Pharmacy

Course Objectives

  • Provide knowledge about evolution and development of Pharmacy profession in India and the growth of the Pharmaceutical Industries over the years.
  • Provide understanding of different types of pharmacopoeias and other official books in maintaining the standards of medicines.
  • Provide knowledge about the basic pharmaceutical calculations used in dispensing and compounding.
  • Understand the role of active pharmaceutical ingredients and pharmaceutical excipients in drug formulations
  • Impart basic knowledge about formulation and preparation of Various solid, liquid and semisolid dosage forms

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to the Profession of Pharmacy

    9 Hours

    History of the Profession of Pharmacy in India: In relation to pharmacy education, pharmaceutical industries and organizations – evolution, development and milestones.

    Scope of the Pharmacy Profession: Role and responsibilities of pharmacists in retail/community pharmacy, hospital and clinical pharmacy, and industrial pharmacy including research and development.

    Pharmacopoeias: Introduction to IP, BP, USP, BPC, International Pharmacopoeia, other pharmacopoeias and the National Formulary of India; structure and content of the Indian Pharmacopoeia; study of one model IP monograph.

    Introduction to Prescription: Structure and format/parts of prescription, handling of prescriptions, Latin terminology related to prescriptions.

  2. Unit II: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Calculations and Dosage Forms

    9 Hours

    Metric system of weights and measures; calculations based on alligation, proof spirit, isotonic solutions, dilute solutions (percentage and ratio) and geometric dilution; scientific notation of units and measures.

    Posology: Definition and dose calculation based on age, body weight and body surface area.

    Introduction to Dosage Forms: Routes of administration and classification of dosage forms.

    Introduction to Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Excipients: Definition, ideal characteristics and importance.

  3. Unit III: Solid Dosage Forms

    9 Hours

    Powders: Classification, advantages and disadvantages; dusting powders, effervescent powders, efflorescent powders, hygroscopic powders and eutectic mixtures; introduction to excipients and methods of preparation.

    Tablets: Definition, types of tablets including moulded tablets and pills with examples; advantages and disadvantages; introduction to excipients and methods of preparation.

    Capsules: Definition, types of capsules, advantages and disadvantages, capsule sizes; introduction to excipients and methods of preparation.

  4. Unit IV: Monophasic and Biphasic Liquids

    9 Hours

    For internal use – aromatic waters, syrups, elixirs and linctus (definition and preparation).

    For external use and body cavities – liniments, lotions, throat paints, applications, gargles, mouthwashes, enemas, eye drops, ear drops, nasal drops and tinctures with examples.

    Study of official preparations- Introduction to excipients and methods of preparation.

    Suspensions- Definition and types (flocculated and deflocculated), advantages and disadvantages, formulation excipients and general methods of preparation.

    Emulsions- Definition and types, emulsifying agents, tests for identification of types of emulsions, formulation excipients and general methods of preparation.

  5. Unit V: Semisolid Dosage Forms

    9 Hours

    Definitions, classification, advantages and disadvantages, ointment bases and other excipients used in semisolid dosage forms; general methods of preparation of ointments, pastes, creams and gels.

    Suppositories / Pessaries: Definition, types of suppositories, advantages and disadvantages, formulation excipients used in suppositories, properties of ideal suppository bases, types of suppository bases, displacement value and general method of preparation.

Suggested Readings

  • Ansel, H.C., Allen, L.V. and Popovich, N.G., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, New Delhi.
  • Carter, S.J., Cooper and Gunn’s Dispensing for Pharmaceutical Students. CBS Publishers, New Delhi.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, Indian Pharmacopoeia. Ghaziabad.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, National Formulary of India. Ghaziabad, India.
  • British Pharmacopoeia Commission, British Pharmacopoeia. London.
  • United States Pharmacopeial Convention, United States Pharmacopeia (USP–NF). Rockville, Maryland, USA.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H.A. and Kanig, J.L., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. Lea & Febiger, University of Michigan.
  • Gennaro, A.R., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, New Delhi.
  • Rawlins, E.A., Bentley’s Textbook of Pharmaceutics. Elsevier Health Sciences, USA.
  • Nieloud, F. and Marti-Mestres, G., Pharmaceutical Emulsions and Suspensions. Marcel Dekker Inc., New York.
BP103TTheory · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Healthcare Psychology and Communication Skills

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts and branches of psychology relevant to healthcare.
  • Help students understand human behavior, development, and psychological responses to illness.
  • Develop awareness of common psychological disorders and coping mechanisms in healthcare contexts.
  • Equip students with effective health communication skills for clinical and community settings.
  • Promote professional interaction with patients, caregivers, and healthcare teams through ethical and empathetic communication.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Psychology in Healthcare

    3 Hours

    Definition, scope, and relevance of psychology in health sciences.

    Branches of psychology with healthcare relevance: clinical, health, behavioural, and developmental psychology.

    Sensation, perception, and attention in clinical assessment.

    Learning and memory: reinforcement in health behaviour change.

    Emotion and motivation: theories and implications in health contexts.

  2. Unit II: Developmental and Behavioural Psychology

    3 Hours

    Human developmental stages and healthcare needs.

    Personality theories and patient interaction styles.

    Psychological factors affecting illness perception and recovery.

    Common psychological disorders in healthcare: anxiety, depression, and somatization.

    Coping strategies, resilience, and stress management techniques.

  3. Unit III: Foundations of Health Communication

    3 Hours

    Elements and models of communication in healthcare.

    Types of communication: interpersonal, group, mass, and telehealth communication.

    Barriers to effective communication in clinical settings.

    Active listening, questioning techniques, and empathy.

    Culturally appropriate and inclusive communication.

  4. Unit IV: Professional Communication in Healthcare Settings

    3 Hours

    Communication with patients, caregivers, and interdisciplinary teams.

    Delivering difficult news and handling emotionally charged situations.

    Legal and ethical issues in health communication (confidentiality, consent).

    Writing patient records, reports, and discharge summaries.

    Use of technology and digital communication tools in healthcare services.

  5. Unit V: Health Psychology and Behavioural Interventions

    3 Hours

    Health belief models and illness behaviour.

    Psychosomatic illnesses and the mind–body connection.

    Behaviour change theories (e.g., CBT, TTM) in treatment adherence.

    Psychological first aid and crisis communication.

    Mental health promotion and stigma reduction through communication.

Suggested Readings

  • Feldman, R.S., Understanding Psychology. McGraw-Hill Education, New York.
  • Taylor, S.E., Health Psychology. McGraw-Hill Education, New York.
  • Hargie, O., The Handbook of Communication Skills. Routledge, London.
  • Nevid, J.S., Rathus, S.A. and Greene, B., Psychology and the Challenges of Life: Adjustment and Growth. Wiley, New York.
  • Atkinson, R.L., Atkinson, R.C., Smith, E.E., Bem, D.J. and Nolen-Hoeksema, S., Introduction to Psychology. Wadsworth Publishing, Belmont.
  • Kumar, A., Communication Skills for Health Professionals. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers, New Delhi.
  • Park, K., Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine. Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, Jabalpur.
BP104TTheory · Core4 CreditsMarks: 40+604 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I

Course Objectives

  • Understand the structural organization of the human body from cells to systems.
  • Comprehend physiological functions of various body systems and the principles of homeostasis.
  • Learn the cellular basis of disease including injury, adaptation, and inflammation.
  • Recognize common pathological conditions related to skin, bones, joints, blood, cardiovascular system, and special senses.
  • Establish the groundwork for clinical interpretation of symptoms and disease mechanisms relevant to pharmacy and therapeutics.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to human body

    12 Hours

    Cellular and tissue level of organization.

    Definition and scope of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology.

    Levels of structural organization and body systems, basic life processes, homeostasis, basic anatomical terminologies.

    Structure and functions of cell, transport across cell membrane, cell division, cell junctions. General principles of cell communication, forms of intracellular signalling- a) Contact-dependent, b) Paracrine, c) Synaptic, d) Endocrine

    Classification of tissues, structure, location and functions of epithelial, muscular and nervous and connective tissues.

    Basic principles of cell injury and adaptation

    Components and types of feedback systems, causes of cellular injury, pathogenesis (cell membrane damage, mitochondrial damage, ribosome damage and nuclear damage), morphology of cell injury – adaptive changes (atrophy, hypertrophy, hyperplasia, metaplasia, dysplasia), cell swelling, intra cellular accumulation and cell death.

    Definitions of commonly used relevant medical terminologies.

  2. Unit II: Integumentary system and wound healing

    12 Hours

    Structure and functions of skin. Skin disorders: Psoriasis and dermatitis and pathophysiology of Leprosy. Basic principles of wound healing.

    Skeletal system and joints

    Divisions of skeletal system, types of bones, salient features and functions of bones of axial and appendicular skeletal system. Organization of skeletal muscle, physiology of muscle contraction, neuromuscular junction. Structural and functional classification of joints.

    Diseases of bones and joints

    Pathophysiology of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis and gout.

  3. Unit III: Body fluids, blood and lymphatic system

    12 Hours

    Body fluids, composition and functions of blood, hemopoiesis, formation of haemoglobin, mechanisms of coagulation, blood grouping, Rh factors and transfusion.

    Lymphatic organs and tissues, lymphatic vessels, lymph formation, circulation and functions of lymphatic system.

    Basic mechanism of inflammation and repair

    Introduction, classification and pathophysiology of inflammation, mediators of inflammation.

    Haematological diseases

    Pathophysiology of iron deficiency, megaloblastic anaemia (Vit B12 and folic acid), sickle cell anaemia, Thalassemia, hereditary acquired anaemia and haemophilia.

  4. Unit IV: Peripheral nervous system

    12 Hours

    Classification of peripheral nervous system: structure and functions of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system. Origin and functions of spinal and cranial nerves.

    Special senses

    Structure and functions of eye, ear, nose and tongue. Pathophysiology of special sense disorders- glaucoma, cataract, myopia, otitis externa, otitis media, vertigo and anosmia

  5. Unit V: Cardiovascular system

    12 Hours

    Anatomy of heart, blood circulation, blood vessels, structure and functions of artery, vein and capillaries, elements of conduction system of heart and heartbeat, its regulation by autonomic nervous system, cardiac output, cardiac cycle. Regulation of blood pressure, pulse, electrocardiogram.

    Pathophysiology of hypertension, cardiac arrhythmias, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease (angina, myocardial infarction, atherosclerosis and coronary artery disease).

Suggested Readings

  • Sembulingam, K. and Sembulingam, P., Essentials of Medical Physiology. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers, New Delhi.
  • Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E., Textbook of Medical Physiology. Elsevier Saunders, Philadelphia, USA.
  • Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R., Principles of Anatomy and Physiology. Wiley, Palmetto, GA, USA.
  • Kumar, V., Cotran, R.S. and Robbins, S.L., Basic Pathology. W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia.
BP105TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Introduction to Pharmacognosy

Course Objectives

  • Explain the origin, history, and classification of natural drugs.
  • Understand cultivation and conservation methods for medicinal plants.
  • Study quality control and evaluation of crude drugs.
  • Study primary and secondary metabolites with their therapeutic relevance
  • Introduce traditional systems of medicine and phyto-therapeutic agents.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy

    10 Hours

    (a) Definition, history, present status, scope and development of pharmacognosy.

    (b) Sources of drugs: Plants, animals, microbial, marine, mineral and plant tissue culture.

    (c) Historical milestones in drug discovery: Morphine, quinine, aspirin, warfarin, penicillin, cephalosporin, taxol and artemisinin.

    (d) Introduction to different herbal / traditional pharmacopoeias: Indian Pharmacopoeia, British Herbal Pharmacopoeia, United States Pharmacopeia – Herbal Medicines and Dietary Supplements, Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India, Unani Pharmacopoeia of India and American Herbal Pharmacopoeia.

    (e) Official and non-official; codified and non-codified drugs. Classification of crude drugs: alphabetical, morphological, taxonomical, chemical, pharmacological and chemotaxonomic classification along with their merits and limitations.

  2. Unit II: Cultivation, Collection, Processing and Storage of Drugs of Natural Origin

    8 Hours

    Methods of plant cultivation and Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (WHO / GAP / GCP guidelines) for medicinal plants. Factors influencing cultivation, collection and storage of medicinal plants.

    Plant hormones and their applications in cultivation of medicinal plants. Application of polyploidy, mutation and hybridization concepts with reference to secondary metabolites. Ex-situ and in-situ conservation and strategies for value addition of medicinal plants. Role of eco-pharmacognosy in sustainable conservation of endangered medicinal plants such as kutki and chirata.

  3. Unit III: Quality Control of Drugs of Natural Origin (WHO Guidelines)

    8 Hours

    Adulteration of drugs of natural origin. Evaluation of drugs using organoleptic, microscopic (qualitative and quantitative), physical, chemical and biological methods. Physicochemical parameters: extractive values, moisture content, foreign organic matter, ash values, bitterness value, foaming index, haemolytic potential, swelling index, viscosity, optical rotation, refractive index, acid value and saponification value. DNA barcoding.

  4. Unit IV: Introduction to Metabolites of Plant Origin

    12 Hours

    Definition and general properties of plant metabolites. Primary and secondary metabolites such as carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, alkaloids, glycosides, flavonoids, tannins, terpenoids, volatile oils and resins.

    Traditional Systems of Medicine

    Basic principles of treatment of diseases in different systems of medicine including AYUSH and TCM. Types of dosage forms in AYUSH medicines. Role of pharmacognosy in allopathy and traditional systems of medicine such as AYUSH and TCM.

  5. Unit V: Phyto-therapeutic Agents

    7 Hours

    Biological source, major constituents and uses of the following classes of drugs:

    Adaptogens and Immunomodulators: Ashwagandha, Tulsi, Amla

    Hepatoprotectives: Milk thistle, Kutki

    Cardiovascular drugs: Garlic, Arjuna

    Antidiabetics: Gymnema, Fenugreek

    Anti-inflammatory and analgesics: Turmeric, Boswellia

    CNS drugs: Brahmi

    Antimicrobial and antivirals: Giloy, Neem, Andrographis

    Gastrointestinal drugs: Psyllium

    Dermatological agents: Aloe

    Drugs used in women’s health: Chasteberry, Shatavari

    Respiratory drugs: Vasaka

Suggested Readings

  • Evans, W.C., Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy. 16th ed. London: W.B. Saunders & Co., 2009.
  • Tyler, V.E., Brady, L.R. and Robbers, J.E., Pharmacognosy. 9th ed. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger, 1988.
  • Wallis, T.E., Textbook of Pharmacognosy. London: J. & A. Churchill Ltd.
  • World Health Organization (2002) WHO traditional medicine strategy 2002–2005. Geneva: World Health Organization
  • World Health Organization (1998) Quality control methods for medicinal plant materials. Geneva: World Health Organization.
  • World Health Organization (2003) WHO guidelines on good agricultural and collection practices (GACP) for medicinal plants. Geneva: World Health Organization.
BP106TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Understand the importance of errors, impurities in pharmaceuticals.
  • Comprehend the principles of buffer systems.
  • Develop skills in performing and interpreting limit tests and titrimetric analysis.
  • Emphasize the importance of inorganic compounds and radiopharmaceuticals in Pharmacy
  • Explain synthesis and analysis of inorganic compounds/products of pharmaceutical importance

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to pharmaceutical analysis

    7 Hours

    Different techniques of analysis, Methods of expressing strength of solutions, Primary and secondary standards with examples.

    Errors

    Sources of errors, types of errors, methods of minimizing errors, accuracy, precision and significant figures.

    Impurities

    Definition, types, contents and regulatory importance. Sources and types of impurities in Pharmaceuticals, limit tests for chloride, sulphate, iron, arsenic, lead, heavy metals, and modified limit test for chloride and sulphate.

  2. Unit II: Acid-Base Chemistry and Buffer Systems in Pharmacy

    8 Hours

    Definition of acids, bases, buffers, pH Scale and its significance, Buffer equation, calculation of pH for Buffer solution. Isotonicity and its application in IV Fluids and Ophthalmic Solutions.

    Major extra and intracellular electrolytes

    Functions of major physiological ions, Electrolytes used in the replacement therapy: Sodium chloride*, Potassium chloride, Calcium chloride and Oral Rehydration Salt (ORS), Physiological acid base balance.

  3. Unit III: Acid base titrations

    14 Hours

    Theories of acid base indicators, classification of acid base titrations. Preparation and standardization of titrants viz. hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide. Theory involved in titrations of strong, weak, and very weak acids and bases, neutralization curves. Assay of Ammonium hydroxide.

    Non-aqueous titrations

    Types of solvents used, acidimetric and alkalimetric titration using non-aqueous solvents. Preparation and standardization of acidic and basic titrants. Estimation of weakly acidic and basic substances using non-aqueous titrants, estimation of Sodium benzoate.

    Precipitation titrations and gravimetry

    Principle and steps involved in gravimetric analysis, Mohr’s method, Volhard’s, Modified Volhard’s, Fajans method. Estimation of barium sulphate by gravimetry.

    Complexometric titrations

    Classification, metal ion indicators, masking and demasking reagents, preparation and standardization of disodium EDTA. Estimation of Magnesium sulphate and Calcium gluconate*.

    Redox titrations

    Concepts of oxidation and reduction, Types of redox titrations viz. Permanganometry, Cerimetry, Iodimetry, Iodometry and titrations with potassium iodate.

  4. Unit IV: Gastrointestinal agents

    10 Hours

    Acidifiers: Sodium acid phosphate and Dilute Hydrochloric acid.

    Antacids: Ideal properties of antacids, combinations of antacids, Sodium bicarbonate*, Aluminium hydroxide gel*.

    Agents promote bowel movements: Magnesium hydroxide, Sodium orthophosphate, Sodium Potassium tartrate and magnesium trisilicate.

    Antimicrobials: Mechanism, classification, Potassium permanganate, Boric acid, Hydrogen peroxide*, Chlorinated lime*, Iodine and its preparations.

    Radiopharmaceuticals

    Basics of radioactivity, applications of radioisotopes of Sodium Iodide I-131, Technetium-99m, Cobalt-60, Phosphorus-32 including safe handling, storage, and disposal of radiopharmaceuticals, adhering to regulatory guidelines for safety.

  5. Unit V: Miscellaneous Compounds

    6 Hours

    Expectorants: Potassium iodide, Ammonium chloride*.

    Emetics: Copper sulphate*, Sodium potassium tartrate.

    Haematinics: Ferrous sulphate*, Ferrous gluconate.

    Poison and Antidote: Definition, classification of antidotes, Sodium thiosulphate

Suggested Readings

  • Bentley, R. and Driver, J., Bentley and Driver's Textbook of Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
  • Vogel, A.I., Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.
  • Beckett, A.H. and Stenlake, J.B., Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Part I & II. London: The Athlone Press, University of London.
  • Schroff, M.L., Inorganic Pharmaceutical Chemistry. New Delhi: Oxford Book Company.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, Indian Pharmacopoeia. Ghaziabad, India.
BP107PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

General Pharmacy

Course Objectives

  • Familiarize students with essential pharmaceutical calculations including dilution, concentration, and allegation methods required for accurate formulation of dosage forms.
  • Impart practical skills in the preparation of official and non-official dosage forms such as solutions, syrups, powders, granules, suppositories, semisolids, gargles, and mouthwashes in accordance with pharmacopeial standards.
  • Develop understanding of formulation principles related to selection of ingredients, dosage form design, stability, and patient acceptability.
  • Train students in the application of pharmacopoeial specifications (IP, BPC, WHO) during compounding, labeling, and evaluation of pharmaceutical preparations.
  • Enhance hands-on competency and professional confidence required for dispensing practice and pharmaceutical compounding in hospital and community pharmacy settings.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Pharmaceutical Calculations: Solutions based on allegation and dilution methods
  2. Solutions: a) Strong solution of ammonium acetate – IP, b) Cresol with soap solution – IP, c) Lugol’s solution – BPC
  3. Syrups: a) Simple Syrup – IP
  4. Powders & Granules: a) ORS powder – WHO, b) Effervescent granules – IP, c) Dusting powder – IP, d) Divided powders – IP
  5. Suppositories: a) Glycerogelatin suppository – BPC, b) Cocoa butter suppository – IP, c) Zinc Oxide suppository – IP
  6. Semisolids: a) Sulphur ointment – IP, b) Non-staining iodine ointment with methyl salicylate – BPC
  7. Gargles & Mouthwashes: a) Iodine gargle – BPC, b) Chlorhexidine mouthwash – IP
  8. Note: a) Preparation of compendia of dosage forms (marketed products), is recommended. b) Any other practical relevant to the syllabus can be introduced. c) Minimum 12 experiments must be performed covering all dosage forms.

Suggested Readings

  • Carter, S.J., Cooper and Gunn’s Dispensing for Pharmaceutical Students. 12th ed. New Delhi: CBS Publishers.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, Indian Pharmacopoeia, Vol. I. Ghaziabad: IPC.
  • United States Pharmacopeial Convention, United States Pharmacopeia–National Formulary (USP–NF). Rockville, MD, USA.
  • British Pharmacopoeia Commission, British Pharmacopoeia Codex. London: The Stationery Office.
  • World Health Organization, Oral Rehydration Salts (ORS) Formulation Guidelines. Geneva: WHO.
BP108PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Healthcare Psychology and Communication Skills

Course Objectives

  • To develop effective communication skills essential for diverse clinical and community health scenarios.
  • To enhance empathetic interaction through role plays, simulations, and reflective practices.
  • To promote collaborative learning and peer feedback in communication-based tasks.
  • To encourage application of psychological principles in real-life healthcare contexts.
  • To build confidence in delivering health education and awareness activities in community settings.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Role Plays and Simulations: Counselling a patient with chronic illness; Breaking bad news in a clinical setting; Empathetic listening in crisis response
  2. Case Study Discussions: Mental health cases in primary care; Impact of miscommunication in healthcare errors
  3. Peer-to-Peer Practice Sessions: Reflective listening and paraphrasing; Effective team communication and decision-making
  4. Community Engagement Tasks: Designing IEC materials for public health awareness; Conducting mock health education sessions
  5. Journaling & Self-Reflection Logs: Weekly reflection on emotional responses during care simulations; Growth in communication skill development over the semester

Suggested Readings

  • Morgan, C.T. and King, R.A., Introduction to Psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill.
  • Taylor, S.E., Health Psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Hargie, O., Skilled Interpersonal Communication: Research, Theory and Practice. London: Routledge.
  • Balzer-Riley, J., Communication in Nursing and Healthcare. Boston: Pearson.
  • Weinman, J., Petrie, K.J. and Moss-Morris, R., The Psychology of Health and Illness. London: Routledge.
BP109PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology I

Course Objectives

  • Provide fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of various organ systems of the human body.
  • Understand the mechanisms of homeostasis and their role in maintaining normal physiological functions.
  • Introduce the basic concepts of pathophysiology and the causes of diseases affecting different organ systems.
  • Explain the body’s physiological responses to disease-producing agents.
  • Lay the foundation for understanding clinical conditions through the study of functional alterations in organs and systems.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed) Practical HAPP allows the verification of physiological processes discussed in theory classes through experiments on living tissues, simulated videos, models and charts.
  2. Study of compound microscopes.
  3. Microscopic study of epithelial and connective tissue.
  4. Microscopic study of muscular and nervous tissue.
  5. Identification of axial bones.
  6. Identification of appendicular bones.
  7. Introduction to hemocytometry.
  8. Demonstration of total blood count by cell analyser.
  9. Enumeration and interpretation of white blood cell (WBC) count, differential count.
  10. Enumeration and interpretation of total red blood corpuscles (RBC) count.
  11. Determination of bleeding time and clotting time.
  12. Estimation and interpretation of hemoglobin content.
  13. Determination of blood group.
  14. Determination and interpretation of erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR).
  15. Determination of pulse rate, heart rate and blood pressure.
  16. Recording and interpretation of ECG.
  17. To study the cardiovascular system and integumentary system.
  18. Case studies/files of patients with anaemia, thalassemia, haemophilia, leprosy, gout, hypertension and ischemic heart disease.

Suggested Readings

  • Wilson, K.J.W., Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness. New York: Churchill Livingstone.
  • Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E., Textbook of Medical Physiology. Philadelphia: Elsevier.
  • Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R., Principles of Anatomy and Physiology. New York: Wiley.
BP110PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Introduction to Pharmacognosy

Course Objectives

  • Identify medicinal plants and crude drugs using morphological and microscopical characters.
  • Analyze powdered drugs and perform quantitative microscopy.
  • Evaluate crude drugs using physicochemical parameters.
  • Introduce standardization and quality control of herbal materials.
  • Collect medicinal plants and prepare voucher specimens.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. Morphological study of medicinal plants (as mentioned in Unit V Theory).
  3. Organoleptic evaluation and powder microscopical characters of the following drugs: Tulsi and Ashwagandha.
  4. Organoleptic evaluation and powder microscopical characters of the following drugs: Amla and Arjuna.
  5. Organoleptic evaluation and powder microscopical characters of the following drugs: Turmeric and Psyllium husk.
  6. Organoleptic evaluation and powder microscopical characters of the following drugs: Brahmi and Fenugreek.
  7. Determination of moisture content of crude drugs.
  8. Determination of swelling index and foaming index of crude drugs.
  9. Determination of stomatal number and stomatal index of leaf.
  10. Determination of vein islet and vein termination number of leaf.
  11. Determination of ash value and extractive values of crude drugs.
  12. Determination of foreign organic matter of crude drugs.
  13. Determination of dimensions of calcium oxalate crystals and phloem fibers by eyepiece micrometry.
  14. Determination of percentage purity of powder drug using lycopodium spore method.
  15. Experiential learning-based experiments involving collection, identification of medicinal plant material, preparation of voucher specimens and excursion visits to medicinal plant garden.

Suggested Readings

  • Evans, W.C., 2009. Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy. 16th ed. London: W.B. Saunders & Co.
  • Tyler, V.E., Brady, L.R. and Robbers, J.E., 1988. Pharmacognosy. 9th ed. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.
  • Wallis, T.E., Textbook of Pharmacognosy. London: J. & A. Churchill Ltd.
BP111PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Gain practical knowledge on various volumetric titration techniques.
  • Learn the principles of volumetric analysis.
  • Study the preparation and assessment of inorganic compounds.
  • Determine the assay of various inorganic compounds in pharmaceutical use.
  • Develop analytical skill for the qualitative and quantitative analysis of various inorganic compounds.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Limit tests (Any 4 Experiments) a. Limit test and modified limit test for Chloride as per Indian Pharmacopoeia b. Limit test and modified limit test for sulphate as per Indian Pharmacopoeia c. Limit test for Iron d. Limit test for Lead e. Limit test for arsenic
  2. Preparation of inorganic pharmaceuticals (Any 3 Experiments) a. Preparation of Aluminium hydroxide b. Preparation of potash alum c. Preparation of ferrous sulphate d. Preparation of Magnesium sulphate from magnesium hydroxide or magnesium carbonate
  3. Test for Purity (Any 2 Experiments) a. Assessment of swelling power of bentonite as per Indian Pharmacopoeia b. Evaluation of acid neutralizing capacity of aluminium hydroxide gel c. Determination of potassium iodate and iodine in potassium Iodide
  4. Assay of the following inorganic compounds including standardization of titrant (Any 5 Experiments) a. Assay of ammonium chloride by acid base titration, b. Assay of Ferrous sulphate by Cerimetry, c. Assay of Copper sulphate by Iodometry, d. Assay of Calcium gluconate by Complexometry, e. Assay of Hydrogen peroxide by Permanganometry, f. Assay of Sodium benzoate by non-aqueous titration, g. Assay of Sodium Chloride by precipitation titration (Modified Volhard’s method)

Suggested Readings

  • Bentley, R. and Driver, J., Bentley and Driver’s Textbook of Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
  • Vogel, A.I., Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.
  • Beckett, A.H. and Stenlake, J.B., Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Part I & II. London: The Athlone Press, University of London.
  • Kennedy, J.H., Analytical Chemistry: Principles. New York: Saunders College Publishing.
  • Schroff, M.L., Inorganic Pharmaceutical Chemistry. New Delhi: Oxford Book Company.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, Indian Pharmacopoeia. Ghaziabad, India.

B Pharm Semester II Syllabus

Semester II of the B Pharm carries 26 credits and 800 marks and covers Applied Biostatistics and Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Sciences, Biochemistry, Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II, Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry, Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry, Physical Pharmaceutics, Biochemistry, Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II, Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry, Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry, Physical Pharmaceutics, along with the optional papers listed below.

BP201TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Applied Biostatistics and Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Explain fundamental statistical concepts relevant to pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Develop the ability to interpret clinical and experimental data scientifically.
  • Apply statistical methods for analysing pharmaceutical and biomedical data.
  • Demonstrate the use of Python-based tools for statistical analysis and data handling.
  • Recognize the role of statistical analysis in evidence-based decision making and machine learning applications in healthcare.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Descriptive Statistics

    6 Hours

    Types of data in pharmaceutical sciences (nominal, ordinal, interval, ratio)

    Sources of data in pharmacy: clinical trials, pharmacovigilance, quality control, PK studies

    Measures of central tendency: mean, median, mode, their calculation and interpretation

    Measures of dispersion (range, variance, standard deviation) and their interpretation using pharmaceutical data

    Skewness and understanding distribution shape in biological measurements

    Perform descriptive statistical analysis using Python libraries such as NumPy and Pandas, with focus on Interpretation of results

  2. Unit II: Probability & Statistical Distributions in Healthcare

    6 Hours

    Basic probability concepts and laws (addition and multiplication rules), conditional probability and its interpretation

    Bayes' theorem and its application in clinical decision-making

    Concept of random variables (discrete and continuous)

    Normal distribution and its importance in biological and pharmaceutical measurements,

    Binomial distribution demonstrating applications in clinical trial outcomes

    Poisson distribution for modeling rare events such as adverse drug reactions

    Graphical visualization of these probability distributions using Python

  3. Unit III: Sampling & Statistical Inference

    6 Hours

    Population versus sample, sampling techniques used in clinical research, Sampling error and bias

    Conceptual understanding of the Central Limit Theorem

    Confidence intervals and their interpretation

    Hypothesis testing framework (null and alternative hypotheses)

    Type I and Type II errors, p-value and statistical significance

    Demonstration, calculation and interpretation of these parameters using python with pharmaceutical data

  4. Unit IV: Basics of Correlation & Regression

    6 Hours

    Conceptual understanding of the following concepts with emphasis on their interpretation-

    correlation and Pearson correlation coefficients

    Interpretation of positive and negative correlations

    Scatter plots and trend visualization using pharmaceutical data such as dose-response relationships

    Simple linear regression concept, interpretation of regression coefficients

    Introduction to odds ratio and its application in clinical risk analysis

  5. Unit V: Statistical Analysis Using Python – Case based learning

    6 Hours

    Demonstration of descriptive statistics, correlation analysis and linear regression using Python libraries- SciPy / Statsmodels / Scikit-learn on pharmaceutical datasets

    Interpretation of the output summaries and p-values

    Preparation of statistical reports

Suggested Readings

  • Lane, D.M., Introduction to Statistics. Houston: Rice University. Available at: https://onlinestatbook.com/2/index.html
  • Walters, S.J., Campbell, M.J. and Machin, D., Medical Statistics: A Textbook for the Health Sciences. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Rowe, P., Essential Statistics for the Pharmaceutical Sciences. London: Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Bolton, S. and Bon, C., Pharmaceutical Statistics: Practical and Clinical Applications. New York: Informa Healthcare.
  • De Muth, J.E., Basic Statistics and Pharmaceutical Statistical Applications. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
BP202TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biochemistry

Course Objectives

  • Know about enzymology and various tests in clinical chemistry
  • Understand the biochemical pathways and clinical relevance of carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism.
  • Describe energetics and biological oxidation.
  • Explain aminoacid and protein metabolism
  • Understand Nucleic acid metabolism and genetic information.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Enzymology

    10 Hours

    a. Introduction, properties, nomenclature, and IUB classification of enzymes and coenzymes. Enzyme kinetics (Michaelis plot, Lineweaver–Burk plot). Enzyme inhibitors with examples. Regulation of enzymes: enzyme induction and repression, allosteric enzyme regulation. Therapeutic and diagnostic application of enzymes and isoenzymes. Factors affecting enzyme activity. Digestion, absorption function of dietary Macro and Micronutrients, including Vitamins and Minerals, Biochemical functions of vitamins and associated diseases.

    b. Clinical Chemistry: Liver function tests (routinely performed tests based on liver function). Renal function tests (routinely performed tests based on kidney function, ELISA test)

  2. Unit II

    10 Hours

    a. Introduction about biomolecules – Introduction of carbohydrate, lipids, nucleic acids, amino acids and proteins.

    b. Bioenergetics: Concept of free energy; relationship between free energy, enthalpy, and entropy; redox potential; energy-rich compounds (ATP, GTP, etc.) and their biological significance.

    c. Carbohydrate Metabolism and their role in diabetis mellitus: Overview and significance of major pathways: Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle (TCA), Gluconeogenesis, Hexose Monophosphate (HMP) shunt, and Glycogen metabolism; regulation of blood glucose levels; metabolic adaptations during fed state, fasting, and prolonged starvation; metabolic derangements in diabetes mellitus and related disorders.

    d. Biological Oxidation: Electron Transport Chain (ETC), oxidative phosphorylation, and mechanisms of ATP synthesis; regulation and clinical implications of mitochondrial dysfunction and oxidative stress.

  3. Unit III: Lipid metabolism

    7 Hours

    a. Classification, functions, and properties of lipids and lipoproteins (HDL, LDL, VLDL, chylomicrons)

    b. β-oxidation and de-novo synthesis of fatty acids: Ketone bodies: synthesis, utilization, and clinical significance

    c. Biological significance of cholesterol, lipid profile, and its clinical significance

    d. Disorders associated with lipid metabolism: Hyperlipidaemias and hypercholesterolemia, lipid storage diseases, atherosclerosis, fatty liver disease, and obesity

  4. Unit IV: Amino acids and protein metabolism

    10 Hours

    a. Classification and Biological Functions: Classification and physiological roles of amino acids. Structure and functions of proteins and plasma proteins

    b. General Metabolism of Amino Acids: Transamination, oxidative and non-oxidative deamination, decarboxylation. Urea cycle – nitrogen disposal and detoxification. Fate of carbon skeletons of amino acids (glucogenic vs ketogenic).

    c. Catabolism of Specific Amino Acids and Related Disorders: Catabolism of phenylalanine and tyrosine and their metabolic disorders (Phenylketonuria, Albinism, Alkaptonuria, Tyrosinemia) and Inborn errors of branched chain and aromatic amino acids

    d. Biochemical significance of neurotransmitters and hormones derived from amino acids: 5-HT (serotonin), melatonin, dopamine, noradrenaline, adrenaline

    e. Catabolism of heme and related disorders (jaundice).

  5. Unit V: Nucleic acid metabolism and genetic information transfer

    8 Hours

    a. Nucleotide Metabolism and their related disorders: Biosynthesis of purine and pyrimidine nucleotides. Catabolism of purine nucleotides (uric acid formation). Clinical significance of Hyperuricemia and Gout.

    b. Genome Structure and Central Dogma: Organization of the mammalian genome. Introduction to DNA replication, Transcription, and Translation.

    c. Genetic Code and Regulation of Protein Synthesis: Properties of the genetic code: Inhibitors of transcription and translation (antibiotics, toxins)

    d. DNA Repair and Related Disorders: DNA damage types, Repair mechanisms. Overview of clinical disorders associated with faulty DNA repair.

Suggested Readings

  • Nelson, D.L., Cox, M.M. and Hoskins, A., Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. New York: W.H. Freeman.
  • Kennelly, P.J., Rodwell, V.W., Bender, D.A., Botham, K.M. and Weil, P.A., Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry. New York: McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Murray, R.K., Bender, D.A., Botham, K.M., Kennelly, P.J., Rodwell, V.W. and Weil, P.A., Harper’s Biochemistry. New York: McGraw-Hill.
  • Voet, D. and Voet, J.G., Biochemistry. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
  • Devlin, T.M., Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations. New York: Wiley-Liss.
  • Satyanarayana, U. and Chakrapani, U., Biochemistry. Kolkata: Books and Allied (P) Ltd.
  • Stryer, L., Biochemistry. New York: W.H. Freeman.
BP203TTheory · Core4 CreditsMarks: 40+604 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II

Course Objectives

  • Understand the anatomy and physiology of major body systems.
  • Learn mechanisms of neurological, gastrointestinal, respiratory, renal, endocrine, and reproductive functions.
  • Identify common pathophysiological conditions affecting each organ system.
  • Correlate structural and functional abnormalities with disease symptoms.
  • Equip students with foundational knowledge for interpreting disease processes and planning rational pharmacotherapy.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Nervous System

    14 Hours

    a) Organization of nervous system, neuron, neuroglia, classification and properties of nerve fibre, electrophysiology, action potential, nerve impulse, receptors, synapse and neurotransmitters.

    Central nervous system: Meninges, ventricles of brain and cerebrospinal fluid. Structure and functions of brain (cerebrum, brain stem and cerebellum), spinal cord (gross structure, functions of afferent and efferent nerve tracts, reflex activity).

    b) Pathophysiology of epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, stroke, migraine, depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer’s disease and meningitis.

  2. Unit II: Gastrointestinal System

    12 Hours

    a) Anatomy of GI tract with special reference to anatomy and functions of stomach (acid production in the stomach and its regulation through parasympathetic nervous system; role of pepsin in protein digestion). Anatomy and functions of small intestine and large intestine. Anatomy and functions of salivary glands, pancreas and liver. Movements of GIT, digestion and absorption of nutrients.

    b) Pathophysiology of inflammatory bowel diseases, peptic ulcer, jaundice, hepatitis, typhoid and alcoholic and non alcoholic fatty liver disease

  3. Unit III

    12 Hours

    a) Respiratory System: Anatomy of respiratory system with special reference to anatomy of lungs. Mechanism of respiration and regulation of respiration. Lung volumes and capacities, transport of respiratory gases, artificial respiration and resuscitation methods.

    b) Pathophysiology of asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases and tuberculosis.

    c) Urinary System: Anatomy of urinary tract with special reference to anatomy of kidney and nephrons. Functions of kidney and urinary tract. Physiology of urine formation, micturition reflex and role of kidneys in acid–base balance. Role of Renin Angitensin Aldosterone System in kidney.

    d) Pathophysiology of acute and chronic renal failure and urinary tract infections.

  4. Unit IV: Endocrine System

    10 Hours

    a) Classification of hormones and mechanism of hormone action. Structure and functions of pituitary gland, thyroid gland, parathyroid gland, adrenal gland, pancreas, pineal gland and thymus.

    b) Pathophysiology of diabetes, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, goitre and polycystic ovary syndrome.

  5. Unit V: Reproductive System and Cancer

    12 Hours

    a) Anatomy of male and female reproductive system. Functions of male and female reproductive system, sex hormones, physiology of menstruation, fertilization, spermatogenesis, oogenesis, pregnancy and parturition.

    b) Pathophysiology of sexually transmitted diseases: AIDS, syphilis and gonorrhea.

    c) Etiology and pathogenesis of cancer.

Suggested Readings

  • Wilson, K.J.W., Ross and Wilson Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness. Churchill Livingstone, New York.
  • Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R., Principles of Anatomy and Physiology. Palmetto, GA, U.S.A.
  • Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E., Textbook of Medical Physiology. Elsevier.
  • Chatterjee, C.C., Human Physiology (Vol. I & II). Academic Publishers, Kolkata.
  • Mohan, H., Textbook of Pathology. Jaypee Publishers.
  • Porth, C.M., Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Kumar, V., Abbas, A.K., Aster, J.C. and Deyrup, A.T., Robbins and Kumar Basic Pathology. Elsevier.
BP204TTheory · Core4 CreditsMarks: 40+604 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Develop a clear understanding of the chemistry of saturated hydrocarbons.
  • Study the chemistry and reactions of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
  • Understand the chemistry and reaction mechanisms of alkyl halides.
  • Explain the chemistry of aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives.
  • Provide an understanding of carbonyl compounds and fundamental organic reaction mechanisms relevant to pharmaceuticals.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Aliphatic Saturated Hydrocarbons

    12 Hours

    Alkanes

    Methods of preparation: Wurtz reaction, Kolbe’s reaction, Clemmensen reduction, Wolff–Kishner reduction

    Chemical reactions of alkanes

    Mechanism of free radical substitution (halogenation)

    Pharmaceutical applications of alkanes: Liquid paraffin, soft paraffin, hard paraffin

    Cycloalkanes

    Baeyer’s strain theory and its limitations

    Coulson–Moffitt modification

    Sachse–Mohr theory

  2. Unit II: Aliphatic Unsaturated Hydrocarbons

    12 Hours

    Alkenes

    Methods of preparation: Dehydration of alcohols; Dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides; Dehalogenation of vicinal dihalides; Wittig reaction

    Chemical reactions of alkenes

    Mechanism of electrophilic addition reactions

    Markovnikov’s and anti-Markovnikov’s rule

    Ozonolysis

    Conjugated Dienes

    Stability of conjugated dienes

    Mechanism of Diels–Alder reaction

    Electrophilic and free radical addition reactions

    1,2- and 1,4-addition reactions

  3. Unit III: Alkyl Halides

    12 Hours

    Nucleophilic substitution reactions: SN1 and SN2 – Mechanism, kinetics, substrate structure, solvent effect, stereochemistry

    Elimination reactions: E1 and E2 – Mechanism, kinetics, substrate structure, solvent effect, stereochemistry

    Zaitsev’s (Saytzeff’s) rule with examples

    Comparison of substitution vs elimination reactions

  4. Unit IV: Benzene and Its Derivatives

    12 Hours

    IUPAC nomenclature of mono- and di-substituted benzene derivatives

    Structure of benzene

    Molecular orbital picture and resonance

    Aromaticity and Hückel’s rule

    Electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions: Nitration; Halogenation; Friedel–Crafts alkylation and its limitations; Friedel–Crafts acylation; Sulphonation and desulphonation

    Effect of substituents on reactivity and orientation

  5. Unit V: Carbonyl Compounds

    12 Hours

    Aldehydes and Ketones

    Preparation and properties of carbonyl compounds

    Nucleophilic addition reactions

    Aldol condensation and crossed aldol condensation

    Cannizzaro and crossed Cannizzaro reactions

    Benzoin and Perkin condensation

    Oxidation and reduction reactions

    Pharmaceutical applications of carbonyl compounds: Chloral, Paraldehyde, Ketoprofen

Suggested Readings

  • Morrison, R.T., Boyd, R.N. and Bhattacharjee, S.K., Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education India.
  • Finar, I.L., Organic Chemistry, Vol. I. Pearson Books.
  • Bahl, B.S. and Bahl, A., Textbook of Organic Chemistry. S. Chand & Company.
  • Furniss, B.S., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry.
BP205TTheory · Core4 CreditsMarks: 40+604 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry

Course Objectives

  • Understand major metabolic pathways and the biogenetic origin of primary and secondary phytoconstituents, including the use of modern tools for pathway studies.
  • Study and interpret the pharmacognostic features of crude drugs containing primary metabolites such as carbohydrates, proteins/enzymes, and lipids.
  • Study and interpret the pharmacognostic features of crude drugs containing secondary metabolites such as alkaloids, glycosides, tannins, resins, volatile oils, flavonoids, phenolics, and terpenoids.
  • Impart knowledge of conventional and modern extraction techniques and enable selection of appropriate extraction methods.
  • Develop competency in isolation, identification, characterization, and quality evaluation of medicinal plants and botanicals.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Metabolic Pathways and Biogenetic Studies

    10 Hours

    Brief study of basic metabolic pathways and biosynthesis of secondary metabolites including: Shikimic acid pathway, Acetate pathway, Amino acid pathways

    Utilization of radioactive isotopes in biogenetic studies.

    Introduction to pathway prediction tools and modern genetic tools such as CRISPR/Cas9.

  2. Unit II: Primary Metabolites

    12 Hours

    General classification and identification tests

    Pharmacognostic study (biological source, distribution, identifying characters, chemical constituents, specific tests, therapeutic uses, and commercial applications) of:

    Carbohydrates: Acacia, Agar, Tragacanth, Honey

    Proteins and Enzymes: Gelatin, Casein, Proteolytic enzymes: Papain, Bromelain, Serratiopeptidase, Urokinase, Streptokinase, Pepsin

    Lipids (Waxes, Fats, Fixed Oils): Castor oil, Olive oil, Cocoa butter, Wool fat, Beeswax

  3. Unit III: Secondary Metabolites

    12 Hours

    General classification and identification tests

    Pharmacognostic study (biological source, distribution, cultivation of underlined drugs, identifying characters, chemical constituents, specific tests, therapeutic uses, and commercial applications) of:

    Alkaloids: Vinca, Rauwolfia, Opium

    Volatile Oils: Lemongrass, Clove, Cinnamon, Fennel

    Tannins: Myrobalans, Catechu, Pomegranate

    Resins: Guggul, Asafoetida

    Glycosides: Senna, Liquorice, Digitalis

    Phenylpropanoids and Flavonoids: Green Tea, Ginkgo, Flax seed

    Iridoids, Other Terpenoids and Naphthoquinones: Gentian, Artemisia

  4. Unit IV: Extraction Methods for Medicinal Plants

    12 Hours

    Conventional Methods of Extraction: Infusion, Decoction, Digestion, Maceration, Percolation, Reflux, Distillation, Soxhlet extraction, Successive solvent extraction

    Modern Methods of Extraction: Supercritical fluid extraction, Microwave-assisted extraction, Ultrasonic-assisted extraction, Enzyme-assisted extraction, Pressurized liquid extraction

  5. Unit V: Overview of Isolation, Identification and Characterization Techniques

    14 Hours

    Separation and Isolation Techniques: Planar chromatography, Column chromatography, Preparative TLC, Flash chromatography

    Identification Techniques: Phytochemical tests, Chromatographic techniques, Spectroscopic techniques

    Fingerprinting of medicinal plants using TLC/HPTLC.

    Types and significance of markers (phytochemical reference standards).

    Screening and analysis of major metabolites: Alkaloids, Glycosides, Saponins, Tannins, Resins, Flavonoids, Phenolics, Steroids

Suggested Readings

  • Dewick, P.M., Medicinal Natural Products: A Biosynthetic Approach. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Evans, W.C., Trease and Evans’ Pharmacognosy. W.B. Saunders & Co., London.
  • Wagner, H., and Bladt, S., Plant Drug Analysis: A Thin Layer Chromatography Atlas. Springer-Verlag.
  • Harborne, J.B., Phytochemical Methods: A Guide to Modern Techniques of Plant Analysis. Chapman & Hall.
BP206TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Physical Pharmaceutics

Course Objectives

  • Provide a comprehensive understanding of the theory and principles of pharmaceutical processes and unit operations involved in drug manufacturing.
  • Impart knowledge of physicochemical phenomena such as solubility, dissolution, interfacial phenomena, rheology, and micromeritics relevant to dosage form design.
  • Develop understanding of colloidal and coarse dispersions, including suspensions and emulsions, and their pharmaceutical applications.
  • Familiarize students with rheological and micromeritic properties of powders and dispersions and their role in formulation development and evaluation.
  • Build a strong foundation for formulation development, process optimization, and quality control of pharmaceutical dosage forms.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Solubility distribution phenomenon & buffers

    9 Hours

    Solubility expression, Solute solvent interactions, Solubility of liquid and liquids, Solubility of solids and liquids, Solubility of Gas in Liquids, Raoult’s Law. Factors affecting solubility, Measurement of saturation Solubility, Effect of pH on solubility, Partition Coefficient – Measurement and significance, Critical Solution Temperature and Applications.

    Introduction to buffers, Buffers in pharmaceutical and biological system, pH determination methos (Electrometry and colorimetry). Buffer equation / Factor influencing the pH of buffer solutions, Factor influencing Buffer capacity, General procedure for preparing buffers, Indicators.

  2. Unit II: Interfacial phenomenon

    8 Hours

    Liquid interface: Surface and interfacial tension, surface free energy, Measurement of surface and interfacial tension, Spreading coefficient, surface active agent, HLB, detergency, types of monolayers at liquid surface. Adsorption at solid interface, Liquid Interface (contact angle, activated charcoal and Wetting). Adsorption of surface-active agents. Electric properties of interface / Electric double layer, Nernst and zeta potential effect of electrolytes

  3. Unit III: Colloidal and Coarse Dispersion

    12 Hours

    Colloidal dispersions: Types of colloidal dispersions (Lyophobic, Lyophilic, Association colloids), Optical properties of colloids, Kinetic properties of colloids, Electrical properties of colloids, Size and shape of colloidal systems, Stability of colloidal system (peptization and protective action), Application of Colloidal System.

    Coarse Dispersions: Suspensions, stokes law (Theory of sedimentation), Effect of Brownian movement / Sedimentation of flocculated particles, sedimentation parameters. Flocculation and controlled structure flocculation. Theories of emulsification and stabilizaition (DLVO Theory, Monomolecular adsorption, Multimolecular adsorption, Film formation, Solid particle adsorption). Physical instabilities of emulsions (creaming, coalescence and breaking, and phase inversion).

  4. Unit IV: Rheological studies

    8 Hours

    Newtonian systems and non-Newtonian systems. Thixotropy – measurement / Bulges and spurs. Negative thixotropy, Determination of rheological properties (Viscometers / single and multi-point).

    Viscoelasticity, psycho-rheology. Applications of rheology in pharm

  5. Unit V: Micromeritics

    8 Hours

    Particle size and size distribution, Particle Shape and Surface area: Methods for determination and significance. Flow properties of powders: determination, significance and methods of enhancement. Advanced flow properties of powers (Powder flow tester).

Suggested Readings

  • Sinko, P.J., Martin's Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences.
  • Allen, L.V. and McPherson, T.B., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems.
  • Adejare, A., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy.
  • Aulton, M.E. and Taylor, K.M.G., Aulton Pharmaceutics: The Design and Manufacture of Medicines. Elsevier.
  • Lachman, L. and Libbermann, H.A., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy.
  • Mendham, J., Denney, R.C., Barnes, J.D. and Thomas, M.J.K., Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis.
  • Myers, D., Surfaces, Interfaces, and Colloids: Principles and Applications.
  • Ladisch, M.R., Rheology of Fluid and Semisolid Foods. Springer.
BP207PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biochemistry

Course Objectives

  • To develop skills to identify and differentiate carbohydrates and proteins through classical qualitative biochemical tests.
  • To apply biochemical techniques for analysis of pathological conditions using urine and blood samples.
  • To perform estimations of clinically important biomolecules such as glucose, cholesterol, urea, creatinine, uric acid, and proteins in biological fluids.
  • To demonstrate enzymatic activity and study factors affecting enzyme function, including substrate concentration and temperature.
  • To interpret biochemical results and correlate them with clinical conditions such as diabetes, renal dysfunction, and lipid disorders.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Identification tests for proteins (Albumin and Casein).
  2. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates* (Glucose, Fructose, Lactose, Sucrose, and Starch).
  3. Qualitative analysis of urine for normal and abnormal constituents.
  4. Estimation of blood glucose.
  5. Estimation of total cholesterol and HDL cholesterol.
  6. Estimation of urea, creatinine, and uric acid in serum.
  7. Estimation of serum total protein and albumin.
  8. Study of enzymatic hydrolysis of starch.
  9. Study of the effect of temperature on salivary amylase activity.
  10. Study of the effect of substrate concentration on salivary amylase activity.
  11. Estimation of hemoglobin in blood by Sahli’s method / Cyanmethemoglobin method.
  12. Estimation of serum bilirubin (total and direct bilirubin).
  13. Estimation of glycogen content
  14. Estimation of SGOT and SGPT

Suggested Readings

  • Plummer, D. T. An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. McGraw-Hill, New York.
  • Wilson, K., and Walker, J. Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Cambridge University Press.
  • Varley, H., Gowenlock, A. H., Bell, M., and Bell, J. L. Varley’s Practical Clinical Biochemistry. Heinemann Medical Books.
  • Burtis, C. A., Ashwood, E. R., and Bruns, D. E. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics. Elsevier.
  • Rodwell, V. W., Bender, D. A., Botham, K. M., Kennelly, P. J., and Weil, P. A. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry. McGraw-Hill.
  • Freifelder, D. Essential Molecular Biology: A Practical Approach. Oxford University Press.
BP208PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Human Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology II

Course Objectives

  • Provide foundational knowledge of the structure and functions of major organ systems of the human body.
  • Develop understanding of physiological mechanisms responsible for maintenance of homeostasis.
  • Explain the pathophysiology of diseases affecting different organ systems.
  • Explore causes of diseases and the body’s responses to pathological conditions.
  • Build a strong base for clinical learning through the study of functional and structural changes in disease states.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Practical HAPP allows the verification of physiological processes discussed in theory classes through experiments on living tissues, simulated videos, models, and charts.
  2. Study of nervous system using specimens and models.
  3. Study of respiratory system using models.
  4. Study of gastrointestinal system using models.
  5. Study of reproductive system using models.
  6. Demonstration of general neurological examination.
  7. Demonstration of function of olfactory nerve.
  8. Examination of different types of taste.
  9. Demonstration of visual acuity.
  10. Demonstration of reflex activity.
  11. Recording of body temperature.
  12. Determination of tidal volume and vital capacity.
  13. Recording of body mass index (BMI).
  14. Study of family planning devices and pregnancy diagnosis tests.
  15. Understanding pathophysiology of IBD, peptic ulcer, jaundice, hepatitis, typhoid, asthma, tuberculosis, diabetes, and thyroid disorders through case files / case reports.
  16. Hands-on training in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).

Suggested Readings

  • Wilson, K. J. W., and Waugh, A. Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness. Churchill Livingstone, New York.
  • Best, C. H., and Taylor, N. B. The Physiological Basis of Medical Practice. Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore.
  • Guyton, A. C., and Hall, J. E. Textbook of Medical Physiology. Elsevier / W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia.
  • Tortora, G. J., and Grabowski, S. R. Principles of Anatomy and Physiology. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Brunton, L., Chabner, B., and Knollmann, B. Goodman & Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill, New York.
  • Colledge, N. R., Walker, B. R., and Ralston, S. H. Davidson’s Principles and Practice of Medicine. Churchill Livingstone, London.
BP209PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Understand and follow essential laboratory safety protocols for handling chemicals, glassware, and equipment.
  • Identify and analyze organic compounds through their physical properties and functional group reactivity.
  • Apply ball-and-stick molecular models to visualize and interpret the structure of organic compounds.
  • Perform purification techniques such as crystallization to isolate and refine organic substances.
  • Synthesize simple organic compounds and their derivatives using standard laboratory methods.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Systematic qualitative analysis of minimum of five water-insoluble or water-immiscible unknown organic compounds from different chemical classes: a. Preliminary tests: Color, odour, Solubility tests, test for aromaticity, test for saturation/unsaturation etc. b. Detection of elements such as nitrogen, sulphur and halogens by Lassaigne’s test c. Determination of Functional group tests such as phenols, amides, amines, carboxylic acids, aldehydes and ketones, alcohols, esters, aromatic and halogenated hydrocarbons and nitro compounds. d. Preparation of the derivatives and confirmation of the unknown organic compound by melting point / boiling point.
  2. Building Molecular Models: Students will use ball-and-stick models to create structures of molecules and understand their shapes and bonding.
  3. Crystallization Method: Students will learn how to purify three organic compounds using the crystallization technique.

Suggested Readings

  • Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman Scientific & Technical, London.
  • Mann, F. G. and Saunders, B. C. Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Shriner, R. L., Hermann, C. K. F., Morrill, T. C., Curtin, D. Y. and Fuson, R. C. The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Vogel, A. I. Elementary Practical Organic Chemistry. Longman Group Ltd.
  • Pavia, D. L., Lampman, G. M., Kriz, G. S. and Engel, R. Introduction to Organic Laboratory Techniques. Cengage Learning.
BP210PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry

Course Objectives

  • Perform chemical tests for the identification of gums, resins, oils, fats, waxes, and unorganized drugs.
  • Examine crude drugs using transverse section and powder microscopy for correct identification.
  • Apply suitable extraction techniques and study their effect on yield of crude extracts.
  • Isolate and identify important phytoconstituents and volatile oils using standard procedures.
  • Evaluate herbal raw materials collected from field/market sources as per Pharmacopoeial standards.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Chemical tests for identification of Agar, Acacia, Tragacanth, Honey.
  2. Chemical tests for identification of Castor oil, Olive oil, Wool fat, Beeswax.
  3. Chemical tests for identification of Asafoetida, Catechu, Aloe.
  4. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a vinca leaf.
  5. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a cinnamon bark.
  6. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a fennel fruit.
  7. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a clove flower bud.
  8. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a Tulsi stem.
  9. Transverse section and powder microscopy of a Liquorice roots.
  10. Study of effect on different extraction techniques on yield of crude extract (maceration, decoction, soxhlation).
  11. Isolation of volatile oil and it’s TLC.
  12. Isolation of caffeine from tea.
  13. Isolation of Hesperidin from lemon peel.
  14. Isolation of Glycyrhizin from liquorice roots.
  15. Isolation of Pectin from orange peel.
  16. Experiential learning based experiment involving evaluation and comparison of field/market collected herbal raw materials with Pharmacopoeial standards.

Suggested Readings

  • Trease, G. E. and Evans, W. C. Pharmacognosy. Elsevier.
  • Harborne, J. B. Phytochemical Methods: A Guide to Modern Techniques of Plant Analysis. Springer.
  • Wallis, T. E. Textbook of Pharmacognosy. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi.
  • Tyler, V. E., Brady, L. R. and Robbers, J. E. Pharmacognosy. Lea & Febiger.
BP211PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Physical Pharmaceutics

Course Objectives

  • Introduce basic laboratory techniques for determining physicochemical properties such as surface tension, viscosity, and density in pharmaceutical systems.
  • Develop understanding of interfacial phenomena and surfactant behavior, including micelles, critical micellar concentration (CMC), and HLB in formulation design.
  • Train students in evaluating disperse systems through sedimentation studies and the effect of suspending agents.
  • Provide practical experience in powder characterization, including particle size distribution, density, flow properties, porosity, and the role of glidants.
  • Develop skills in determining solubility, partition coefficient, buffer capacity, and related equilibria relevant to drug formulation.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Determination of surface tension of given liquids by drop count method and drop weight method.
  2. Determination of critical micellar concentration (CMC) of surfactants.
  3. Determination of viscosity of liquids using Ostwald’s viscometer and Brookfield viscometer.
  4. Determination of HLB value of a surfactant.
  5. Calculation of isotonicity by different methods (Sodium Chloride Equivalent Method).
  6. Determination of particle size and particle size distribution using sieving method.
  7. Determination of particle size and particle size distribution using microscopic method.
  8. Determination of densities and derived properties of powders (bulk density, tapped density, Hausner ratio, Carr’s compressibility index), true density, and porosity.
  9. Determination of angle of repose and influence of glidants on angle of repose.
  10. Determination of solubility of a drug at different pH/buffer systems at room temperature.
  11. Determination of partition coefficient of a drug in n-octanol and water system.
  12. Determination of partition coefficient of a drug in benzene and water system.
  13. Determination of critical solution temperature and composition of phenol–water system.
  14. Determination of specific surface area of charcoal by adsorption of acetic acid on activated charcoal.
  15. Determination of buffer capacity at various stages of titration of a weak acid against a strong base and determination of pKa.
  16. Note: Compare the values of various physicochemical properties with marketed formulations wherever possible.

Suggested Readings

  • Sinko, P. J. Martin’s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Aulton, M. E. and Taylor, K. M. G. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Design and Manufacture of Medicines. Elsevier.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Allen, L. V., Popovich, N. G. and Ansel, H. C. Ansel’s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Cooper, S. J. and Gunn, C. Cooper and Gunn’s Tutorial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.

SEC – Elective 1 (opt for any one)

BP212P SEC1Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Communication Skills

Course Objectives

  • Enhance verbal and non-verbal communication skills in academic, clinical, and professional pharmacy settings.
  • Develop competence in patient counselling, prescription communication, and interprofessional dialogue.
  • Promote empathetic and ethical communication in diverse cultural and patient contexts.
  • Use digital tools and professional formats (e.g., email, reports, posters) for effective communication.
  • Foster confidence, active listening, and clarity in pharmacy-related presentations and conversations.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Introduction to Communication in Pharmacy – Types of communication: verbal, non-verbal, written; Importance in clinical, academic, and retail pharmacy
  2. Listening and Observation Skills Workshop – Active listening techniques, barriers to listening; Observation of cues: patient posture, tone, compliance
  3. Role-play: Communicating with a Patient for Dispensing a Prescription – Explanation of dosage, frequency, side effects, and precautions
  4. Role-play: Handling Difficult Conversations (e.g., Angry Patient or Confused Elderly) – Empathy, patience, tone modulation, de-escalation techniques
  5. Written Communication I: Professional Email Writing & Documentation – Writing emails to doctors, suppliers, institutions; Structure, etiquette, and clarity in pharmacy communications
  6. Written Communication II: Preparing Patient Information Leaflets and Drug Labels – Use of simple language, drug facts, precautions, icons; Creating flyers for common conditions (e.g., diabetes, asthma)
  7. Non-verbal Communication Skills – Body language, eye contact, gestures, tone of voice; Cross-cultural sensitivity in pharmacy communication
  8. Presentation Skills I – Basic Techniques – Voice projection, clarity, use of visuals; Individual practice with simple pharmacy topics
  9. Presentation Skills II – Group Presentations – Topics: health awareness campaigns, drug education, OTC safety; Peer and faculty feedback
  10. Patient Counseling Practice (Case-Based) – Counseling for chronic illness (e.g., hypertension, diabetes); Role-playing real-life counseling situations
  11. Communicating with Healthcare Professionals – Case handoff, drug information request, referral writing; Using SBAR (Situation, Background, Assessment, Recommendation) format
  12. Mock Interview / Group Discussion Practice – Industry/clinical job interview scenarios; GD on topics like “Generic vs Branded Medicines”
  13. Digital Communication Skills for Pharmacists – Creating a simple health blog, social media awareness post; Basics of teleconsultation and ePharmacy chat support
  14. Ethics and Professionalism in Communication – Confidentiality, patient rights, informed consent; Role-play ethical dilemmas in pharmacy
  15. Assessment & Reflection – Final presentation or counseling demo; Feedback, self-evaluation, and faculty observation

Suggested Readings

  • Communication Skills in Pharmacy Practice – E. M. Kelly & S. L. Svarstad, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
  • Developing Communication Skills for Pharmacy – Catherine Langford, Pharmaceutical Press
  • Patient Counselling Guidelines for Pharmacists – WHO India, World Health Organization
BP212P SEC2Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Mental Well-Being, Stress and Conflict Management

Course Objectives

  • Introduce students to the concepts of mental well-being and stress.
  • Equip students with techniques to manage stress, anxiety, and emotional well-being.
  • Develop conflict resolution skills for personal and professional life.
  • Encourage emotional intelligence and interpersonal communication.
  • Promote resilience and positive mindset development.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Self-assessment of stress levels using Perceived Stress Scale (PSS)
  2. Journaling activity: Maintain a 7-day emotional diary
  3. Mindfulness breathing exercise and reflection
  4. Guided meditation session and feedback form
  5. Time management activity using Eisenhower Matrix
  6. Role-play exercise on workplace conflict resolution
  7. SWOT analysis of personal behavior and coping mechanisms
  8. Cognitive restructuring worksheet for negative thoughts
  9. Group discussion: “How do you respond to stress?”
  10. Conflict styles self-test (Thomas-Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument)
  11. Visualization technique to reduce anxiety
  12. Progressive muscle relaxation practice
  13. Team activity: Building trust through icebreakers and communication
  14. Reflection report after practicing gratitude for 5 days
  15. Case study analysis: Conflict scenario in a healthcare/pharma setup

Suggested Readings

  • The Relaxation and Stress Reduction Workbook – Martha Davis, Elizabeth Robbins Eshelman & Matthew McKay, New Harbinger Publications
  • Managing Stress: Principles and Strategies for Health and Well-Being – Brian Luke Seaward, Jones & Bartlett Learning
  • Emotional Intelligence – Daniel Goleman, Bantam Books
  • The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People – Stephen R. Covey, Simon & Schuster
  • Conflict Management: A Practical Guide to Developing Negotiation Strategies – Barbara A. Budjac Corvette, Pearson Education
  • Mindfulness: An Eight-Week Plan for Finding Peace in a Frantic World – Mark Williams & Danny Penman, Rodale Books
  • Stress Management for Life: A Research-Based Experiential Approach – Michael Olpin & Margie Hesson, Cengage Learning
  • Crucial Conversations: Tools for Talking When Stakes Are High – Kerry Patterson, Joseph Grenny, Ron McMillan & Al Switzler, McGraw-Hill Education
BP212P SEC3Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Fundamentals of Computer Operations

Course Objectives

  • Provide foundational knowledge of computer systems, operating environments, and digital tools used in academic and professional settings.
  • Develop practical skills in digital documentation, data handling, and presentation using commonly available office productivity tools.
  • Familiarize students with file management practices and digital communication methods used in professional environments.
  • Enhance the ability to access, search, and retrieve scientific and academic information from online resources.
  • Prepare students to utilize computer-based tools for managing pharmaceutical data, documentation, and basic professional tasks.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. General Instruction on Digital Tools: Open-source digital tools are preferred for teaching and learning purposes. However, institutions may choose appropriate software platforms, applications, or online services depending on availability, institutional policy, and infrastructure. The selected tools should enable students to perform the required digital and documentation tasks effectively. The specific software may vary, but the skills and competencies listed below must be achieved using suitable tools.
  2. Basic operation and navigation of a computer operating system, including system settings and file explorer functions.
  3. Creating, renaming, organizing, moving, and deleting files and folders within a computer system.
  4. Preparing a structured academic or pharmacy-related report using a word-processing application with appropriate formatting, tables, headers, and page layout.
  5. Inserting equations, images, and formatted elements while preparing documents such as reports, notices, or certificates using document editing tools.
  6. Creating spreadsheets for pharmacy-related calculations such as dose calculations, inventory records, or sales data using spreadsheet applications.
  7. Applying basic spreadsheet formulas and functions such as summation, averaging, conditional calculations, and counting operations.
  8. Generating graphs, charts, and data visualizations from experimental or pharmaceutical data using spreadsheet tools.
  9. Preparing a short academic presentation (approximately five slides) using presentation software with text, images, and basic design elements.
  10. Performing effective internet browsing and academic search techniques using online scientific literature databases and search platforms.
  11. Writing and sending professional emails including file attachments, proper subject lines, and appropriate use of CC and BCC with correct communication etiquette.
  12. Introduction to digital systems used in pharmacy practice such as billing, inventory management, or prescription management through demonstration or simulation.
  13. Using cloud-based storage platforms for saving, organizing, and sharing academic or pharmacy-related files and data.
  14. Exploring digital health technologies such as pharmacy-related mobile applications or electronic health tools used in healthcare practice.
  15. Accessing and utilizing online learning platforms for professional education and course materials.
  16. Preparing and submitting digital assignments using word-processing, spreadsheet, or presentation tools.

Suggested Readings

  • Introduction to Computers – Peter Norton, McGraw-Hill Education
  • Computer Basics: Absolute Beginner's Guide – Michael Miller, Que Publishing

B Pharm Semester III Syllabus

Semester III of the B Pharm carries 25 credits and 725 marks and covers Introduction to Machine Learning in Pharmaceutical Sciences, Environmental Sciences, Ethics and Universal Human Values, General Pharmacology, Heterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms I, Pharmaceutical Engineering, Pharmaceutical Microbiology, General Pharmacology, Heterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms I, along with the optional papers listed below. Only 1 elective course shall be selected. The syllabi for elective subjects are given in the appendix.

BP301TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Introduction to Machine Learning in Pharmaceutical Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Data Science and their relevance to pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Develop conceptual understanding of machine learning workflows, including model building, training–testing strategies, and evaluation.
  • Explain the principles and applications of regression models for predicting continuous outcomes in pharmaceutical and healthcare data.
  • Familiarize students with classification and tree-based models used for clinical prediction and decision-making.
  • Introduce unsupervised learning techniques and demonstrate their applications in pattern recognition and healthcare data analysis.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Foundations of Machine Learning

    6 Hours

    Definition and scope of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Data Science

    Types of machine learning: supervised, unsupervised, and reinforcement learning

    Features and labels, training data and testing data

    Concept of model building and prediction

    Train-test split, overfitting and underfitting

    Conceptual explanation of bias-variance trade-off

    Overview of the basic ML workflow

  2. Unit II: Regression Models in Healthcare

    6 Hours

    Overview of the concepts in predictive modeling for continuous outcomes, with emphasis on interpretation of outputs, and applications in pharmaceutical sciences.

    Linear regression and multiple linear regression

    Model coefficients and their interpretation

    Residuals and goodness-of-fit

    Performance metrics such as Mean Squared Error (MSE), Root Mean Squared Error (RMSE), R² score

    Implementation of regression models on pharmaceutical data (e.g. dose–response relationships, predicting drug dissolution rates, estimating PK parameters), and demonstration of predictive modeling using python libraries such as sklearn

  3. Unit III: Classification Models in Clinical Applications

    6 Hours

    Overview of the following ML models used for categorical prediction, with emphasis on conceptual understanding, interpretation of outputs and applications in pharmaceutical sciences.

    Logistic regression

    Probability output and threshold selection

    Confusion matrix

    Accuracy, sensitivity, specificity, precision, recall

    Intuitive understanding of ROC curve and AUC, and k-Nearest Neighbors

    Demonstration of predictive modeling using pharmaceutical and clinical examples such as predicting adverse drug reactions, disease risk prediction, binary therapeutic outcome modeling.

  4. Unit IV: Tree-Based Models & Ensemble Learning

    6 Hours

    Overview of the following ML models with emphasis on intuitive and conceptual understanding.

    Decision Trees (structure and splitting criteria), interpretation of decision paths and feature importance

    Random Forest, overview of ensemble concept

    Advantages and limitations of tree-based models

    Demonstration of these models for pharmaceutical and clinical applications such as ADR risk stratification, Patient classification, Predicting treatment outcomes etc.

  5. Unit V: Unsupervised Learning & Practical Case Studies

    6 Hours

    Overview of the unsupervised learning with emphasis on intuitive and conceptual understanding of pattern recognition and clustering, and their applications in pharmaceutical sciences.

    Concept of unsupervised learning

    Clustering overview, K-means clustering, choosing number of clusters, Interpreting cluster outputs

    Mini-case study integrating regression, classification, or clustering on healthcare datasets to demonstrate Patient segmentation, and drug grouping based on properties.

Suggested Readings

  • James, G., Witten, D., Hastie, T. and Tibshirani, R. An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in Python. Springer. Available at: statlearning.com.
  • Simon, G. J. and Aliferis, C. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning in Health Care and Medical Sciences: Best Practices and Pitfalls. Springer.
  • Brown, N. Artificial Intelligence in Drug Discovery. Royal Society of Chemistry.
  • Walters, S. J., Campbell, M. J. and Machin, D. Medical Statistics: A Textbook for the Health Sciences. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Géron, A. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras and TensorFlow. O’Reilly Media.
BP302TTheory · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Environmental Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Explain the environmental challenges and disaster risks relevant to human health and pharmaceutical activities.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of waste management protocols and legal guidelines for pharmaceutical and biomedical waste handling.
  • Apply technical understanding of effluent and sewage treatment technologies used in the pharmaceutical sector.
  • Assess the ecological impact of APIs and recommend mitigation strategies for pollution control.
  • Explain sustainable practices and energy-efficient operations within pharmaceutical industries.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Environmental Pollution

    3 Hours

    Definition, scope, and importance of environmental studies

    Types, causes, effects, and control measures of Air, water, soil, noise, and nuclear pollution

    Solid waste and hazardous waste management in pharmaceuticals

    Role of pharmacists in conservation and sustainable use of resources

  2. Unit II: Pharmaceutical Waste and Effluent Management

    3 Hours

    Types of pharmaceutical waste: chemical, expired drugs, packaging, biomedical waste

    Biomedical Waste Management Rules (2016) and CPCB guidelines

    Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) design and functioning

    Water purification methods in pharmaceutical settings (RO, UV, distillation, filtration)

  3. Unit III: Environmental Impact of the Pharmaceutical Industry

    3 Hours

    Sources of pollution in pharmaceutical manufacturing

    Types of pharmaceutical waste: solid, liquid, and gaseous

    Environmental risks of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and its dosage forms.

    Impact of pharmaceutical residues on ecosystems and human health

  4. Unit IV: Sustainability in the Pharmaceutical Sector

    3 Hours

    Principles of sustainable development in pharma

    Principles and Practices of Green pharmacy

    Energy conservation and resource optimization.

  5. Unit V: Government Policies, Compliance, and Practical Exposure

    3 Hours

    Environmental laws: Environment (Protection) Act, 1986; Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act

    National Green Tribunal (NGT) and regulatory bodies (CPCB, SPCB)

    Government initiatives: Swachh Bharat Abhiyan; River rejuvenation program- Namami Gange Programme; Jal Jeevan Mission

    ISO-14000

Suggested Readings

  • Bharucha, E. Environmental Studies. University Grants Commission, New Delhi.
  • Rajagopalan, R. Environmental Studies. Oxford University Press.
  • Joseph, B. Environmental Studies. Tata McGraw Hill.
BP303TTheory · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Ethics and Universal Human Values

Course Objectives

  • Understand the concept, definition, scope, and need of Value Education in personal, social, and professional life.
  • Develop self-exploration, positive attitude, confidence, and ethical sensitivity as foundations of value-based living.
  • Comprehend the co-existence of Self (I) and Body and establish harmony between physical and psychological aspects.
  • Analyze the importance of family, society, and relationships in promoting mutual respect, trust, and cooperation.
  • Appreciate the concept of harmony in nature and existence, leading to sustainable and responsible human conduct.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Value Education

    3 Hours

    Concept, definition, and need for value education.

    Content and process of value education.

    Application of human values in everyday life.

  2. Unit II: Self-Exploration and Human Aspirations

    3 Hours

    Self-exploration as a means of value education.

    Development of positive attitude and self-confidence.

    Right understanding of happiness and prosperity.

  3. Unit III: Harmony in the Human Being

    3 Hours

    Human being as more than just the physical body.

    Harmony between the Self (‘I’) and the Body.

    Understanding the coexistence of the Self and the Body.

  4. Unit IV: Harmony in the Individual and Society

    3 Hours

    Understanding the needs of the Self and the needs of the Body.

    Activities of the Self and activities of the Body.

    Family as the basic unit of human interaction and the role of values in relationships.

    Foundations of respect in relationships: affection, kindness, guidance, reverence, glory, gratitude, and love.

  5. Unit V: Harmony in Society and Nature

    3 Hours

    Comprehensive human goal: the five dimensions of human endeavour.

    Harmony in nature and the four orders in nature.

    Holistic perception of harmony in existence.

Suggested Readings

  • Tripathi, A. N. Human Values. New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.
  • Gaur, R. R., Asthana, R. and Bagaria, G. P. A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics. Excel Books, New Delhi.
  • Gaur, R. R., Asthana, R. and Bagaria, G. P. Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics. Excel Books, New Delhi.
  • Raghavan, V. Universal Human Values. Excel Books.
  • Gaur, R. R., Sangal, R. and Bagaria, G. P. Human Values and Professional Ethics. Excel Books.
  • Govindarajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V. S. Engineering Ethics. Prentice Hall India.
  • Velasquez, M. G. Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases. Pearson Education.
BP304TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

General Pharmacology

Course Objectives

  • To provide a foundational understanding of the history of pharmacology, focusing on the evolution of drug discovery and development.
  • Introducing the concepts of pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics, helping students understand the mechanisms of drug action, absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion.
  • To familiarize students with the principles behind new drug development, including preclinical testing, drug screening methods, and safety pharmacology.
  • To enable students to learn about toxicity testing, ensuring they understand different methods of evaluating drug safety and the regulatory guidelines involved in toxicity assessment.
  • To prepare students for understanding the pharmacology of different therapeutic drug classes, by applying basic pharmacological knowledge to current trends in drug development and screening.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Pharmacology

    8 Hours

    Definition, historical perspectives, branches of pharmacology and their scope, drug, nature and sources of drugs, International Classification of Diseases (ICD) and International Non-proprietary Names (INN) for drugs

    Concept of generic medicines, essential drugs and rational drug use (RDU). Indian Government’s initiatives to promote these concepts.

    Routes of drug administration along with their advantages and disadvantages.

  2. Unit II: Pharmacokinetics

    7 Hours

    Drug absorption, mechanisms of drug absorption, membrane transporters, bioavailability, bioequivalence, factors affecting drug absorption.

    Drug distribution in different compartments, volume of distribution, storage sites, plasma protein binding and its therapeutic importance.

    Drug biotransformation, microsomal, non-microsomal metabolism and cytochrome P450 enzyme system, phase I and II reactions, first-pass metabolism, entero-hepatic cycling, concept of prodrugs.

    Drug excretion and its kinetics.

  3. Unit III: Pharmacodynamics

    10 Hours

    Types drug action and mechanisms of drug action, dose response relationship.

    Receptor theories, structure of receptors, classification and regulation of receptors, spare receptors. Concept of agonist, inverse agonist, partial agonist and antagonist.

    Signal transduction mechanisms of receptors.

    Factors modifying drug action including the concepts of tachyphylaxis, idiosyncrasy, drug tolerance, dependence, addiction, and the combined effect of drugs (Additive effect & Synergism).

    Adverse drug reactions (ADR) and types of ADRs.

    Drug interaction, types, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic drug-drug interactions.

  4. Unit IV: Overview of drug discovery and evaluation of new drug

    12 Hours

    Brief discussion on drug discovery and preclinical evaluation of new drugs.

    Human relevant screening techniques: Reconstructed human epidermis, organ-on-Chip model, skin irritancy test by reconstructed corneal epithelium, skin corrosivity testing by Direct Peptide Reactivity Assay.

    Advantages and disadvantages of in vitro and in silico Pharmacological screening and evaluation

    Recent trends in pharmacology

    Chronopharmacology: Introduction, biological clock, types of rhythms, hormones, diseases and drugs affected by circadian rhythm. Introduction to chrono kinetics and importance of chronotherapeutic and future scope.

    Introduction, general principles, applications and scope of Pharmacogenomics, Gene therapy, Biosimilars and Precision medicine.

  5. Unit V: Toxicology

    8 Hours

    Introduction to toxicology and its branches. Classification of poisons based on actions and lethal doses, types of antidotes.

    General principles of treatment of acute poisoning include heavy metal poisoning. Management of poisoning.

    Definition and basic knowledge of preclinical toxicity testing-acute toxicity, sub-acute toxicity, combined chronic and carcinogenicity testing as per OECD norms.

    Basic understanding of principles of genotoxicity and teratogenicity as per OECD guidelines.

    Definition and concepts of safety pharmacology as per ICH and OECD guidelines.

Suggested Readings

  • Brunton, L., Hilal-Dandan, R. and Knollmann, B. Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Rang, H. P., Dale, M. M., Ritter, J. M., Flower, R. J. and Henderson, G. Rang and Dale’s Pharmacology. Elsevier.
  • Katzung, B. G. and Trevor, A. J. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Whalen, K. and Finkel, R. Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology. Wolters Kluwer.
  • Tripathi, K. D. Essentials of Medical Pharmacology. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
BP305TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Heterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry

Course Objectives

  • Understand Chemistry of Carboxylic acids, Phenols, Amines and Polynuclear Aromatic hydrocarbons
  • Explain the concepts of optical isomerism and their pharmaceutical significance.
  • Explain the concepts of Geometrical isomerism and their pharmaceutical significance
  • Know about IUPAC nomenclature and Chemistry of heterocycles
  • Equip students with knowledge of organic reaction mechanisms and their applications in drug synthesis.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Chemistry of Carboxylic acids, Phenols, Amines and Polynuclear Aromatic hydrocarbons

    15 Hours

    Aliphatic and aromatic carboxylic acids

    Methods to prepare carboxylic acids (Oxidation of alcohols, carbonation of Grignard reagent, Kolbe-Schmidt reaction)

    Study of acidity of carboxylic acids and effect of substituents on acidity

    Study of chemical reactions of carboxylic acids [Mechanism of nucleophilic acyl substitution, Decarboxylation and Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction]. Pharmaceutical applications of aromatic carboxylic acids (Benzoic acid, Salicylic acid, Acetyl Salicylic acid)

    Aliphatic and aromatic amines

    Methods to prepare amines (Reduction of nitro compound, reduction of nitriles and Hofmann degradation of amides)

    Study of basicity of amines and effect of substituents on basicity

    Study of mechanism and synthetic applications of diazonium salts including Sandmeyer’s and azo-dye coupling reaction

    Alcohols and Phenols

    Classification of alcohols, methods to prepare alcohols (oxymercuration-demercuration, reduction of carbonyl compounds)

    Acidity of alcohols and Phenols including effect of substituent on acidity

    Definition of phenols, method to prepare phenols by cumene process. Comparison of the acidity of phenol vs alcohol

    Study of mechanism of chemical reactions of phenols (Reimer-Tiemann reaction, halogenation and nitration of phenols). Pharmaceutical applications of alcohols and phenols (Glycerine, Thymol, Paracetamol)

    Chemistry of polynuclear hydrocarbons

    Definition, and classification of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, Study of synthesis (Haworth synthesis) and mechanism of electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions of naphthalene, phenanthrene and anthracene and medicinal uses of drugs containing Naphthalene (Propranolol, Naphazoline) and Phenanthrene (Morphine, Codeine).

  2. Unit II: Optical isomerism

    7 Hours

    Definition of stereoisomerism and types of stereoisomerism with examples

    Definition with examples for optical activity, origin of chirality, elements of symmetry, chiral and achiral molecules, enantiomerism, diastereoisomerism and meso compounds

    Study of configuration including D & L system, sequence rules, R & S system. Medicinal importance of optical isomers with examples

    Racemic mixture and resolution of racemic mixtures

  3. Unit III: Geometrical isomerism

    6 Hours

    Nomenclature of geometrical isomers (Cis & Trans, E & Z, Syn & Anti system)

    Conformational isomerism and its analysis in ethane, butane and cyclohexane

    Stereo isomerism in biphenyl compounds (Atropisomerism) and conditions for optical activity in biphenyl compounds

  4. Unit IV: Chemistry of five membered heterocycles

    10 Hours

    IUPAC nomenclature and classification of heterocyclic compounds as per the Hansch-Widman system

    Relative aromaticity and reactivity of pyrrole, furan and thiophene

    Study of synthesis of pyrrole (Paal–Knorr synthesis), furan (Feist-Bénary reaction), thiophene (Hinsberg synthesis) and Mechanism of Electrophilic substitution reactions of pyrrole, furan and thiophene

    Medicinal uses of drugs containing pyrrole (Ethosuximide, procyclidine), furan (Furosemide, Nitrofurazone) and thiophene (Cephaloridine, Clopidogrel)

  5. Unit V: Chemistry of other heterocycles

    7 Hours

    Study of nomenclature of fused heterocyclic compounds, synthesis for pyrazole (Knorr synthesis), imidazole (Debus-Radziszewski reaction), pyridine (The Hantzsch synthesis), quinoline (The Skraup synthesis) and Electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions of pyrazole and imidazole

    Chemical structures of Indole, pyrimidine, benzimidazole, purine, azepine, pyrazole, oxazole, Phenothiazine, benzotriazole, quinoxaline

    Basicity of imidazole, pyridine and quinolone

    Medicinal uses of any two drugs containing pyrazole (Sildenafil, Celecoxib), imidazole (Metronidazole, Pilocarpine), pyridine (Isoniazid, Chlorpheniramine), quinoline (Chloroquine, Ciprofloxacin), indole (Indomethacin, Reserpine), benzimidazole (Albendazole, Mebendazole) pyrimidine (Fluorouracil, Sulphadiazine), purine (Mercaptopurine, Thioguanine), azepine (Diazepam, Loxapine) heterocycles

Suggested Readings

  • Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry, Vol. 1. Pearson Education.
  • Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry: Stereochemistry and Natural Products, Vol. 2. Pearson Education.
  • Smith, M. B. and March, J. March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure. Wiley.
  • Bahl, B. S. and Bahl, A. Textbook of Organic Chemistry. S. Chand.
  • Nadendla, R. R. Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry: Heterocyclic and Natural Products. Vallabh Prakashan.
  • Gilchrist, T. L. Heterocyclic Chemistry. Prentice Hall.
  • Eliel, E. L. and Wilen, S. H. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds. Wiley.
BP306TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms I

Course Objectives

  • Understand the fundamentals of dosage form development, including pre-formulation studies, drug–excipient compatibility, and stability considerations as per ICH guidelines.
  • Acquire knowledge of formulation and manufacturing of compressed solid dosage forms, including tablets and coated tablets, along with quality control and packaging.
  • Develop competence in the formulation and evaluation of finely divided and filled solid dosage forms, such as powders, granules, and hard and soft gelatin capsules.
  • Understand the principles and formulation strategies of modified-release solid dosage forms, including sustained-release and controlled-release systems.
  • Gain knowledge of microencapsulation techniques, their applications, advantages, limitations, and evaluation of microcapsules in pharmaceutical products.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Fundamentals of Dosage Form Development

    7 Hours

    Pre-formulation studies: concept, need, and parameters including solubility, pKa, physical nature (amorphous and crystalline), polymorphism, particle size and shape, and powder flow parameters.

    Drug–excipient compatibility studies.

    Packaging selection for various dosage forms.

    Drug product and container-closure interaction.

    Introduction to stability guidelines of new drug substances and products (ICH Q1).

  2. Unit II: Compressed Solids

    12 Hours

    Tablets: Excipients (roles and examples); tooling (types and specifications); manufacturing methods and equipment; tablet defects and remedies; in-process quality control (IPQC); finished-product tests; packaging.

    Tablet Coating: Types of coating (sugar, film, compression, enteric); need, advantages, and limitations; polymers, process specifications, and equipment; coating defects; quality control of coated tablets.

  3. Unit III: Finely Divided and Filled Solids

    12 Hours

    Medicated powders and granules: formulation considerations, manufacturing processes (mixing, granulation), quality control, and packaging.

    Gelatin and non-gelatin shells: composition, empty shell manufacturing, quality control, and capsule sizes.

    Hard gelatin capsules: formulation design; filling methods (manual, semi-automatic, automatic); IPQC and finished-product tests; packaging.

    Soft gelatin capsules: shell composition and plasticizers; fill materials; manufacturing methods (rotary die and others); defects; quality control and stability.

  4. Unit IV: Modified-Release Solids

    7 Hours

    Types of tablets: sustained-release and controlled-release tablets.

    Concept, need, advantages, and disadvantages.

    Formulation design and drug-release mechanisms.

    Polymers used for sustained and controlled release.

    Evaluation of modified-release dosage forms.

  5. Unit V: Microencapsulation

    7 Hours

    Concept, need, advantages, and disadvantages.

    Methods of microencapsulation: spray drying, spray congealing, extrusion and spheronisation, fluidized bed coating, and phase-separation coacervation.

    Evaluation of microcapsules.

Suggested Readings

  • Allen, L. V., Popovich, N. G. and Ansel, H. C. Ansel’s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Aulton, M. E. and Taylor, K. M. G. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Design and Manufacture of Medicines. Elsevier.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Troy, D. B. and Beringer, P. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Robinson, J. R. and Lee, V. H. L. Controlled Drug Delivery: Fundamentals and Applications. CRC Press.
  • Sinko, P. J. Martin’s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
  • United States Pharmacopeia. United States Pharmacopeial Convention.
  • British Pharmacopoeia. British Pharmacopoeia Commission.
BP307TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Engineering

Course Objectives

  • Provide fundamental knowledge of pharmaceutical engineering principles and common unit operations involved in solid and liquid pharmaceutical manufacturing.
  • Develop an understanding of thermal operations such as drying, evaporation, distillation, and heat transfer used in pharmaceutical processing.
  • Introduce material handling systems, corrosion control, and waste management practices relevant to pharmaceutical plants.
  • Explain the principles of fluid flow and flow measurement used in pharmaceutical process equipment.
  • Develop knowledge of the design, construction, working principles, and pharmaceutical applications of engineering equipment used in the pharmaceutical industry.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Unit operations associated with solids

    12 Hours

    Principle, construction, working, advantages and disadvantages and Pharmaceutical applications of size reduction, size separation and mixing equipment

  2. Unit II: Unit operations associated with liquids

    12 Hours

    Principle, construction, working, advantages and disadvantages and Pharmaceutical applications of filtration, crystallization and centrifugation equipment

  3. Unit III: Unit operations associated with heat transfer

    12 Hours

    Principle, construction, working, advantages and disadvantages and Pharmaceutical applications of evaporation, drying, distillation and Heat transfer equipment

  4. Unit IV: Materials and material handling

    5 Hours

    Introduction to material handling equipment and techniques, Conveyors, hoists, and automated guided vehicles (AGVs), Storage systems: bins, silos in warehouses, Safety considerations in material handling and waste management. Types of corrosion and their impact on pharmaceutical processes and environment

  5. Unit V: Flow of fluids

    4 Hours

    Types and measurement of flow, manometers, Reynolds number and its significance, Bernoulli’s theorem and its applications, Orifice meter, Venturimeter, Pitot tube and Rotometer.

Suggested Readings

  • Banker, G. S. Pharmaceutical Engineering. Marcel Dekker.
  • Sambamurthy, K. Introduction to Pharmaceutical Engineering. New Age International.
  • Kennedy, T. F. Good Design Practices for GMP Pharmaceutical Facilities. CRC Press.
  • Banker, G. S. and Rhodes, C. T. Modern Pharmaceutics. CRC Press.
  • Hickey, A. J. Pharmaceutical Process Engineering. CRC Press.
  • Cole, G. C. Pharmaceutical Facilities: Design, Layouts and Validation. CRC Press.
  • Bertch, F. J. Fundamentals of Modern Pharmaceutical Process Engineering. Academic Press.
  • Chase, A. G. Environmental Management in the Pharmaceutical Industry. Springer.
  • Bunn, G. Pharmaceutical Production Facilities: Design and Applications. CRC Press.
BP308TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Microbiology

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of microbiology and its relevance to pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Provide insights into the industrial application of microorganisms in the manufacture of pharmaceutical products.
  • Provide knowledge Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) related to microbial contamination control.
  • Provide understanding in microbial evaluation techniques such as sterility testing, microbial limit tests, and microbial assay.
  • Familiarize students with sterilization technologies, microbial spoilage control, and in vitro cell culture techniques for pharmaceutical research and quality assurance.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction and role of microorganisms in pharmaceutical industry

    9 Hours

    Fundamentals of microbiology: Microorganisms and medicines, Introduction to various microorganisms, Microbial cultivation, isolation and enumeration. Pharmaceutical importance of microorganisms.

    Introduction to Microscope (Compound and Electron Microscope)

    Identification of bacteria using staining techniques (simple, Gram‘s & Acid-fast staining) and biochemical tests (IMViC).

    Antibiotics produced by microbiology (Production and uses streptomycin, cephalosporin)

  2. Unit II: Evaluation of microbiological contamination

    9 Hours

    Sources and types of microbial contaminant

    Control of microbial contamination during manufacture of Nonsterile dosage forms and sterile dosage forms (including Aseptic area), control of Atmosphere, Water, Raw material, Facility, Packaging, Equipment

    Microbiological spoilage of pharmaceuticals, Factors affecting microbial spoilage of pharmaceuticals.

    Introduction to Fermentation, types and fermenters.

  3. Unit III: Microbial control and evaluation

    9 Hours

    Designing of aseptic area. Laminar flow equipment’s, clean area classification, Biological Safety Level categories. Methods of prevention.

    Disinfectants, antiseptics, and preservatives, and their evaluation, Factors affecting the antimicrobial activity of disinfectants

  4. Unit IV: Sterilization procedures, assurance and evaluation

    9 Hours

    Physical, chemical, gaseous, radiation and mechanical methods of sterilization, Advances sterilization technologies, Evaluation of efficiency of sterilization; Validation of sterilization procedures and Sterility indicators.

    Sterility assurance, Bioburden determination, Modelling in predicting microbial growth and death, Test for bacteriostatic, bactericidal activity

  5. Unit V: Microbiological quality control

    9 Hours

    Microbial limit tests and Microbial assay (antibiotics, vitamins and amino acids)

    Sterility testing of products according to IP, BP and USP

    Methods for monitoring Water and Air Quality

    In vitro cell cultures, general procedure for cell culture, Application of cell cultures in pharmaceutical industry and research

Suggested Readings

  • Pelczar, M. J., Chan, E. C. S. and Krieg, N. R. Microbiology: Concepts and Applications. McGraw-Hill.
  • Prescott, L. M., Harley, J. P. and Klein, D. A. Microbiology. McGraw-Hill.
  • Hugo, W. B. and Russell, A. D. Pharmaceutical Microbiology. Blackwell Science.
  • Waites, M. J., Morgan, N. L., Rockey, J. S. and Higton, G. Industrial Microbiology: An Introduction. Blackwell Science.
  • Denyer, S. P., Hodges, N. A. and Gorman, S. P. Hugo and Russell’s Pharmaceutical Microbiology. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Atlas, R. M. Handbook of Microbiological Media. CRC Press.
  • Sandle, T. Pharmaceutical Microbiology: Essentials for Quality Assurance and Quality Control. Elsevier.
  • Sutton, S. V. W. Microbiology in Pharmaceutical Manufacturing. PDA/DHI Publishing.
BP309PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

General Pharmacology

Course Objectives

  • Understand the historical and foundational aspects of experimental pharmacology
  • Develop knowledge and practical awareness of ethical and regulatory standards in laboratory animal care and use, as outlined in CCSEA guidelines
  • Acquire skills in pharmacological data acquisition and analysis
  • Interpret and construct dose-response curves (DRCs) and calculate and interpret pharmacological indices such as LD50, threshold and ceiling dose, slope of DRC, and PD₂,
  • Calculate the pharmacokinetic parameters and analyse the roles of pharmacokinetic parameters in the drug effects, and dosing schedule.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. To describe the contributions of renowned pharmacologists and their discoveries based on pharmacological experiments (Any 5 Noble Laureates whose research contributed to the development of Pharmacology).
  2. To study various laboratory safety precautions, hazards, personal hygiene, commonly used tools, devices and instruments in experimental pharmacology.
  3. To study common experimental animals including transgenic animals along with their applications in the pharmacological experiments in current drug discovery paradigm.
  4. To study concept of 6Rs along with the maintenance and experimentation on laboratory animals as per the CCSEA guidelines.
  5. To demonstrate collection/isolation of DNA and RNA using computer simulations and audiovisual aids.
  6. To study important anaesthetics and euthanasia procedures for experimental animals.
  7. To demonstrate different routes drug administration using computer simulation and understand the significance of each route along with the maximum administrable dose.
  8. To study preparation of different types of physiological salt solutions (PSS), cell culture media and to understand the role of each ingredient used in PSS preparation.
  9. To study the instrumentation used for isolated tissue experiments (students organ bath assembly) and recent development in recording of the responses of isolated tissues.
  10. To record the dose response curve of any two agonists on suitable isolated tissue preparation using computer simulation experiment.
  11. To study the potentiating effect of physostigmine on DRC of acetyl choline through interactive computer simulation.
  12. To study antagonizing effect of d-tubocurarine on the DRCs of acetylcholine through interactive computer simulation.
  13. To determine of PD2 of given agonists using isolated tissue preparation using computer simulation experiment.
  14. To study and determine various pharmacokinetic parameters (Cmax, Tmax, Ke, t½, Vd, Clt, AUC, AUMC) from given hypothetical data.
  15. To estimate LD₅₀ using hypothetical data through computer-simulated experimentation (as per OECD 425 guideline) using software.
  16. Software based quantification of micronucleus test and chromosomal aberration test
  17. Software based prediction of teratogenicity.
  18. Use of UV-Spectrophotometer for studying drug-protein interactions.

Suggested Readings

  • Ghosh, M. N. Fundamentals of Experimental Pharmacology. Hilton & Company, Kolkata.
  • Vogel, H. G. Drug Discovery and Evaluation: Pharmacological Assays. Springer.
  • Hofmann, F. B. Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology (HEP Series). Springer Nature.
  • Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals.
  • International Council for Harmonisation. ICH Guideline S7A: Safety Pharmacology Studies for Human Pharmaceuticals.
  • International Council for Harmonisation. ICH Guideline S7B: Nonclinical Evaluation of the Potential for Delayed Ventricular Repolarization.
BP310PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Heterocyclic Compounds and Stereochemistry

Course Objectives

  • Understand basic laboratory safety rules and learn how to handle chemicals and glassware properly.
  • Gain hands-on experience in preparing, purifying, and identifying organic compounds.
  • Learn practical techniques to separate components of binary organic mixtures.
  • Learn digital tools for drawing chemical structures and Chemical Reactions.
  • Determine molecular properties of aromatic organic and heterocyclic compounds

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Prepare, purify and characterize melting point, recrystallization following organic compounds (Minimum of 04 aromatic and any two heterocyclic compounds with different chemical reactions)
  2. a. Benzanilide/phenyl benzoate/acetanilide from aniline/ phenol by acetylation/acylation reaction.
  3. b. 2,4,6-Tribromo aniline from aniline/para bromo acetanilide from Acetanilide by halogenation (Bromination) reaction.
  4. c. 5-Nitro salicylic acid from salicylic acid / meta di-nitro benzene from nitro benzene by nitration reaction.
  5. d. Benzoic acid/ Salicylic acid from alkyl benzoate/ alkyl salicylate by hydrolysis reaction.
  6. e. 1-Phenyl-azo-2-napthol from aniline by diazotization and coupling reactions.
  7. f. Synthesis of 2,4,6-trinitrophenol by nitration reaction
  8. g. Synthesis of 3,5-dimethyl pyrazole from acetylacetone.
  9. h. Synthesis of benzimidazole from ortho phenylene diamine
  10. i. Preparation of benzophenone oxime.
  11. Qualitative analysis of binary mixture of organic compounds (any two) (Acid + Neutral and Base + Neutral).
  12. To draw and visualize 3D structures, calculate molecular properties and to draw Chemical reactions using software tools

Suggested Readings

  • Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Mann, F. G. and Saunders, B. C. Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Pavia, D. L., Lampman, G. M. and Kriz, G. S. Introduction to Organic Laboratory Techniques: A Small Scale Approach. Brooks/Cole.
BP311PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms I

Course Objectives

  • Provide understanding on preformulation principles and evaluation of key parameters for drugs, excipients, and dosage forms.
  • Provide understanding of drug–excipient compatibility testing during formulation development.
  • Provide hands-on experience in manufacturing processes and evaluation for solid dosage forms.
  • Provide hands-on experience in manufacturing processes and evaluation for sustained/controlled-release dosage forms and microcapsules.
  • Provide fundamentals of packaging material evaluation.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Preformulation study of any drug/excipient as per pharmacopoeia.
  2. Evaluation of powder flow properties for tablet blends.
  3. Evaluation of effect of lubricating agents on powder flow properties.
  4. Preparation and evaluation of tablets by direct compression.
  5. Preparation and evaluation of tablets by dry granulation.
  6. Preparation and evaluation of tablets by wet granulation.
  7. Quality control of marketed tablets (IR, coated, enteric-coated).
  8. Preparation and evaluation of coated tablets.
  9. Comparison of dissolution profiles of marketed preparations.
  10. Preparation and evaluation of hard-/non-gelatin capsules (fill weight, disintegration).
  11. Virtual demonstration: hard-gelatin shell and soft-gel manufacturing (with overview of aseptic line/isolator).
  12. Evaluation of packaging materials: primary and secondary/tertiary.
  13. Preparation and evaluation of sustained-release tablets.
  14. Preparation and evaluation of enteric-coated tablets.

Suggested Readings

  • Aulton, M. E. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design. Elsevier.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Troy, D. B. and Beringer, P. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation. CRC Press.
  • Robinson, J. R. and Lee, V. H. L. Controlled Drug Delivery: Fundamentals and Applications. CRC Press.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.

AEC – Elective 2 (opt for any one)

BP312P AEC1Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the concept and classification of nutraceuticals and functional foods.
  • Explore the role of bioactive components in health promotion and disease prevention.
  • Familiarize students with the formulation, labelling, and quality control of nutraceuticals.
  • Understand the regulatory aspects governing nutraceuticals and dietary supplements.
  • Develop practical skills in extraction, analysis, and preparation of functional foods.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Identification and classification of nutraceuticals and functional foods from marketed products
  2. Preparation of a probiotic drink or yogurt using lactic acid bacteria
  3. Extraction of phytochemicals (flavonoids, alkaloids) from plant material
  4. Estimation of antioxidant activity using DPPH method
  5. Formulation of a herbal supplement capsule or powder
  6. Demonstration of dietary fiber content from cereals or vegetables
  7. Assessment of total polyphenol content using Folin–Ciocalteu reagent
  8. Label analysis of functional foods and dietary supplements (FSSAI standards)
  9. Case study presentation: Role of omega-3 fatty acids in cardiovascular health
  10. Demonstration of stability testing of a nutraceutical formulation
  11. Preparation of fortified food product (e.g., iron-fortified juice)
  12. Visit to a food testing laboratory or nutraceutical industry (or virtual tour)
  13. Evaluation of glycemic index of selected carbohydrate-rich foods (conceptual)
  14. Regulatory comparison of nutraceutical guidelines (FSSAI vs. FDA vs. EFSA)
  15. Preparation of a functional food label with nutrition facts and claims

Suggested Readings

  • Functional Foods: Concept to Product by M. Guo, Woodhead Publishing (Elsevier)
  • Handbook of Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods by Robert E.C. Wildman, CRC Press (Taylor & Francis Group)
  • Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods in Human Health and Disease Prevention by Debasis Bagchi, CRC Press (Taylor & Francis Group)
  • Functional Foods and Nutraceuticals: Sources and their Development Techniques by Rotimi E. Aluko, Springer Nature
  • Dietary Supplements and Nutraceuticals: Market, Regulations and Health Impacts by Yashwant Pathak, Academic Press (Elsevier)
BP312P AEC2Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Food Analysis

Course Objectives

  • Understand to perform proximate analysis.
  • Know to operate, maintain, interpret and evaluate the data of instruments.
  • Understand and apply quality control principles.
  • Know to detect and analyze Food adulteration.
  • Knew to nutritional and quality aspects of food products

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Determination of the acid value for the given oil/fat
  2. Determination of the ester value of the given oil/fat
  3. Determination of the saponification value of the given oil/fat
  4. Determination of total and free acidity in honey as per FSSAI method.
  5. Quantification of caffeine content in soft drinks.
  6. Determination of fat content in milk by gravimetric method
  7. Detection of starch and urea in milk as per FSSAI method.
  8. Assessment of fluoride content in drinking water
  9. Assessment of total hardness in drinking water
  10. Determination of the rancidity of the oil by UV Visible spectrophotometer
  11. Quantification of benzoic acid as preservative in beverages/jam/ jellies by titrimetric/spectrophotometric method.
  12. Isolation and identification of synthetic food colours by paper chromatography/Thin layer chromatography.
  13. Determination of total curcuminoid content in turmeric by UV visible spectrophotometer.
  14. Assessment of the total ash content for spices and condiments.
  15. Determination of gluten content in whole wheat/wheat flour.
  16. Determination of alcoholic acidity in bread and bread products.
  17. Determination of Caloric value of food and nutritional supplements.

Suggested Readings

  • Food Analysis – Suzanne Nielsen, Springer
  • Introduction to Food Analysis – S. Suzanne Nielsen, Springer
  • Food Analysis: Theory and Practice – Y. Pomeranz & Clifton E. Meloan, Springer
  • Manual of Methods of Analysis of Foods – Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), Government of India
  • Food Chemistry – H.-D. Belitz, Werner Grosch & Peter Schieberle, Springer
BP312P AEC3Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Yoga and Life Sciences

Course Objectives

  • To introduce students to the principles of yoga and its scientific basis.
  • To teach the practical aspects of yoga, including asanas (postures), pranayama (breathing exercises), and meditation.
  • To enhance students' understanding of the health benefits of yoga on physical and mental well-being.
  • To explore the role of yoga in the prevention and management of diseases.
  • To encourage a holistic lifestyle by incorporating yoga into daily routines.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Demonstration and practice of Surya Namaskar (Sun Salutation)
  2. Practice of basic asanas: Tadasana, Vrikshasana, Bhujangasana
  3. Practice of Pranayama techniques: Nadi Shodhana, Bhramari
  4. Meditation session: Focused awareness and breath control
  5. Yoga-based stretching and warm-up routine
  6. Recording physiological parameters (heart rate, BP) before and after yoga
  7. Yoga journal: Track weekly yoga practice and mood changes
  8. Poster presentation on “Scientific benefits of yoga on immunity”
  9. Yoga for specific health conditions: Back pain, asthma, stress
  10. Group chanting of Mantra – observation of mental state
  11. Learning the role of yoga in circadian rhythm regulation
  12. Visit to a yoga wellness center or attending a virtual session
  13. Assessment of flexibility using sit-and-reach test before/after practice
  14. Demonstration of Yog Nidra (guided relaxation technique)
  15. Case presentation: Impact of yoga on a chronic disease condition

Suggested Readings

  • Light on Yoga by B. K. S. Iyengar – A comprehensive guide to yoga postures and philosophy.
  • The Heart of Yoga by T. K. V. Desikachar – Explains principles and therapeutic applications of yoga.
  • Asana Pranayama Mudra Bandha by Swami Satyananda Saraswati – A classical reference on yogic practices and breathing techniques.
  • Ministry of AYUSH. Yoga Education and Practice Guidelines. Government of India.
  • World Health Organization. Traditional Medicine Strategy and integrative health resources.

B Pharm Semester IV Syllabus

Semester IV of the B Pharm carries 23 credits and 700 marks and covers Herbal Drug Technology, Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Biotechnology, Social Pharmacy and Public Health, Systemic Pharmacology I, Herbal Drug Technology, Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Biotechnology, Social Pharmacy and Public Health, Systemic Pharmacology I, Internship (Mandatory).

BP401TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Herbal Drug Technology

Course Objectives

  • Understand and apply plant tissue culture techniques and related approaches for biomass and secondary metabolite production.
  • Introduce biomanufacturing concepts in herbal drug technology, including plant-based production systems and edible vaccines.
  • Develop skills in the preparation and optimization of standardized herbal extracts using metabolite analysis and TLC fingerprinting.
  • Study the formulation of herbal products using standardized extracts in conventional and novel dosage forms.
  • Understand quality control, standardization, regulatory guidelines, and interaction studies for safe herbal drug development.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Plant Tissue Culture and Standardized Extracts

    10 Hours

    Plant tissue culture as an alternative source of medicine:

    Historical development

    Types of cultures

    Nutritional requirements

    Growth and maintenance of callus and suspension culture

    Role of elicitation, genetic transformation, biotransformation, precursor feeding, and somaclonal variation in biomass and secondary metabolite production

    Introduction to biomanufacturing:

    Medicinal plant–based biomanufacturing

    Utilising plant factories in obtaining valuable ingredients for food, pharmaceutical, and cosmetic industries

    Examples: Shikonin and Paclitaxel

    Oral vaccines in healthcare

    Optimization and production of standardized extracts of medicinal plants:

    Strategies for preparation of desired quality extracts by optimizing and adjusting bioactives ensuring quality using analysis of metabolites and TLC fingerprints of the following:

    Aqueous and hydro-alcoholic extracts of Ashwagandha, Shatavari, Licorice, Neem, and Haritaki

    Flavonoid-rich fraction of Sweet lime peel

    Terpenoid-rich fraction of Bacopa

    Phenol-rich fraction of Green Tea

    Steroid-rich fraction of Tribulus

    Alkaloid-rich fraction of Vasaka

  2. Unit II: Herbal Formulations, Excipients and Cosmetics

    10 Hours

    Herbal formulations:

    Conventional herbal formulations: syrups, mixtures, powders, capsules, tablets, creams, ointments

    Novel dosage forms: phytosomes (phytocomplexes), liposomes, nanoformulations

    Composition, preparation, and characterization using standardized extracts and bioactives

    Herbal cosmetics:

    Sources and description of raw materials of herbal origin as active agents in skincare, hair care, and oral hygiene products

    Applications in skincare, hair care, and oral hygiene products such as:

    Sunscreen-lotion/gel

    Hair oil, shampoo, herbal dye

    Herbal mouthwash, chewing gums, candies, gargles

    Face serums and herbal face packs

    Excipients of Natural origin

    Colorants, sweeteners, binders, diluents

    Viscosity builders, disintegrants

    Flavors and perfumes

    Protective agents, waxes, bleaching agents and antioxidants

  3. Unit III: Quality Control and Standardisation of Herbal Medicines

    7 Hours

    WHO, AYUSH, and EU guidelines on quality control, stability, and shelf life studies of herbal medicines

    Approaches for standardisation and quality control of botanicals and formulations

    Testing methods and regulatory considerations

    Role of DNA fingerprint and molecular markers such as rbcL, matK, and SCAR in quality control

    Forensic pharmacognosy: Role in identification of illicit herbal drugs (e.g., Cannabis, Opium)

  4. Unit IV: Herb–Drug / Food / Herb Interactions

    10 Hours

    General introduction to interactions and role of ADME, Cytochrome P450, and P-gp

    Herb–drug interactions:

    St. John’s Wort with warfarin

    Ginkgo biloba with aspirin

    Herb–food interactions:

    Licorice with salty foods

    Turmeric with fats

    Green tea with iron-rich foods

    Herb–herb interactions:

    Ephedra with Ginseng

    Chamomile with Valerian

    Adverse reactions related to plants and foods such as allergy, intolerance, and toxicity

  5. Unit V: Regulatory Requirements of Herbal Drugs and Botanicals

    8 Hours

    Regulatory framework in India for Herbal and ASU medicines:

    a) Role of regulatory bodies

    b) ASU DTAB (Ayurveda, Siddha, and Unani Drugs Technical Advisory Board)

    c) ASU DCC (Drugs Consultative Committee for ASU drugs)

    d) Schedule T – GMP requirements for ASU drugs

    e) Schedule E1 – Poisonous drugs listed under AYUSH

    f) Drugs and Cosmetics Act – Regulatory provisions relevant to herbal/ASU medicines, procedures for registration, trade, and export

    g) Concept of Phytopharmaceuticals and Ayush Aahara in bridging Indian traditional knowledge with modern science.

Suggested Readings

  • Waldesch, F. G. Herbal Medicinal Products. CRC Press.
  • Indian Herbal Pharmacopoeia. Indian Drug Manufacturers’ Association.
  • World Health Organization. Guidelines on Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (GACP) for Medicinal Plants.
  • Drugs and Cosmetics Act and Rules (India). Government of India.
BP402TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Medicinal Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Develop a comprehensive understanding of the fundamental principles of medicinal chemistry, including physicochemical properties, drug metabolism, and prodrug concepts.
  • Classify and describe the chemical structures, therapeutic uses, and structure–activity relationships of drugs acting on the autonomic and cardiovascular systems.
  • Apply the principles of structure–activity relationships (SAR) to explain and predict the pharmacological activity.
  • Understand the synthetic pathways of drugs, emphasizing important reaction steps and chemical transformations.
  • Analyze the relationship between drug structure and pharmacological activity in relation to therapeutic efficacy and safety.

Course Content

  1. Study of the development of the following classes of drugs, Chemical Classification, Structure, uses of drugs mentioned in the course, Structure activity relationship of selective class of drugs as specified in the course and Synthesis of selected drugs as superscripted (*)

  2. Unit I: Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry

    7 Hours

    Introduction: History and scope of medicinal chemistry

    Physicochemical properties in relation to biological action: Ionization, solubility, partition coefficient, hydrogen bonding, Chelation, Bioisosterism and protein binding

    Drug metabolism: Phase I & II reactions

  3. Unit II: Drugs Acting on the Autonomic Nervous System

    15 Hours

    Adrenergic or Sympathomimetic agents: Nor-epinephrine, Epinephrine, Phenylephrine*, Dopamine, Methyldopa, Clonidine, Dobutamine, Isoproterenol, Terbutaline, Salbutamol*, Bitolterol, Naphazoline, Oxymetazoline and Xylometazoline, Hydroxyamphetamine, Pseudoephedrine, Propylhexedrine, Metaraminol.

    Anti-adrenergic or Sympatholytic agents: Tolazoline*, Phentolamine, Phenoxybenzamine, Prazosin, Dihydroergotamine, Propranolol*, Metibranolol, Atenolol, Betazolol, Bisoprolol, Esmolol, Metoprolol, Labetalol, Carvedilol. SAR of beta adrenergic blockers.

    Cholinergic or Parasympathomimetic agents: Acetylcholine, Carbachol*, Bethanechol, Methacholine, Pilocarpine, Physostigmine, Neostigmine, Pyridostigmine, Edrophonium chloride, Tacrine hydrochloride, Ambenonium chloride, Isofluorphate, Echothiophate iodide, Parathione, Malathion. Pralidoxime chloride.

    Anti-Cholinergic or Parasympatholytic agents: Atropine, Hyoscyamine, Scopolamine, Homatropine, Ipratropium*, Tropicamide, Cyclopentolate, Clidinium Glycopyrrolate, Dicyclomine*, Methantheline, Propantheline, Benztropine mesylate, Orphenadrine, Biperidine, Procyclidine, Tridihexethyl, Isopropamide, Ethopropazine, SAR of cholinergic blockers.

    Local anesthetic agents: Cocaine, Hexylcaine, Meprylcaine, Cyclomethycaine, Piperocaine. Benzocaine, Butamben, Procaine*, Butacaine, Propoxycaine, Tetracaine, Benoxinate, Lignocaine, Mepivacaine, Prilocaine, Etidocaine, Phenacaine, Diperodon, Dibucaine.* SAR of Local anesthetics.

  4. Unit III: Drugs Acting on the Cardiovascular System

    9 Hours

    Anti-anginals: Amyl nitrite, Nitroglycerin, Pentaerythritol, Isosorbide dinitrite*, Dipyridamole, Verapamil, Bepridil hydrochloride, Diltiazem, Nifedipine, Amlodipine, Felodipine, Nicardipine, Nimodipine.

    Anti-hypertensives: Timolol, Captopril, Lisinopril, Enalapril, Benazepril, Quinapril, Methyldopate,* Clonidine, Guanethidine, Guanabenz, Sodium nitroprusside, Diazoxide, Minoxidil, Reserpine, Hydralazine.

    Drugs to treat Congestive Heart Failure (CHF): Digoxin, Digitoxin, Nesiritide, Bosentan, Tezosentan.

    Anti-arrhythmics (Class I–IV): Quinidine sulphate, Procainamide, Disopyramide*, Phenytoin, Lidocaine, Tocainide, Mexiletine, Lorcainide, Amiodarone, Sotalol.

  5. Unit IV: Drugs acting on blood and Renal System

    6 Hours

    Antihyperlipidemic Agents: Fenofibrate*, Lovastatin, Cholesteramine and Cholestipol

    Coagulants and Anti-Coagulants: Menadione, Acetomenadione, Warfarin, Anisindione, clopidogrel.

    Diuretics: Acetazolamide*, Methazolamide, Dichlorphenamide, Chlorthiazide, Hydrochlorothiazide, Hydroflumethiazide, Cyclothiazide, Furosemide*, Bumetanide, Ethacrynic acid, Spironolactone, Triamterene, Amiloride. Mannitol. SAR of Thiazides.

  6. Unit V: Autacoids and related drugs

    8 Hours

    Antihistamines

    a. H1–antagonists: Diphenhydramine hydrochloride*, Dimenhydrinate, Doxylamines, Clemastine, Diphenylphyraline, Tripelenamine, Chlorcyclizine, Meclizine, Buclizine, Chlorpheniramine, Triprolidine, Phenindamine, Promethazine*, Trimeprazine, Cyproheptadine, Azatidine, Astemizole, Loratadine, Cetirizine, Levocetrizine Cromolyn.

    b. H2-antagonists: Cimetidine*, Famotidine, Ranitidine.

    Gastric Proton pump inhibitors: Omeprazole, Lansoprazole, Rabeprazole, Pantoprazole

    Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs), Antipyretics: Sodium salicylate, Aspirin, Diflunisal, Mefenamic acid*, Niflumic acid, Meclofenamate, Indomethacin, Sulindac, Tolmetin, Zomepirac, Diclofenac, Ketorolac, Ibuprofen*, Naproxen, Piroxicam, Phenacetin, Acetaminophen, Antipyrine, Phenylbutazone, Celecoxib, Etoricoxib, SAR of representative agents by class.

Suggested Readings

  • Lemke, T. L., Williams, D. A. and Roche, V. F. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Beale, J. M., Thomas, J. T. and Duckett, M. H. Wilson and Gisvold’s Textbook of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Abraham, D. J. and Griffin, J. L. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery. Wiley.
  • Patrick, G. L. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Oxford University Press.
  • Lednicer, D. The Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis. Wiley.
  • Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Brunton, L., Hilal-Dandan, R. and Knollmann, B. Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Williams, D. A. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
BP403TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Biotechnology

Course Objectives

  • Understand and apply plant tissue culture techniques and related approaches for biomass and secondary metabolite production.
  • Introduce biomanufacturing concepts in herbal drug technology, including plant-based production systems and edible vaccines.
  • Develop skills in the preparation and optimization of standardized herbal extracts using metabolite analysis and TLC fingerprinting.
  • Study the formulation of herbal products using standardized extracts in conventional and novel dosage forms.
  • Understand quality control, standardization, regulatory guidelines, and interaction studies for safe herbal drug development.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Biotechnology

    9 Hours

    Introduction to biotechnology in pharmaceutical sciences; protein therapeutics; analytical characterization of proteins; monoclonal antibodies; antigens; enzyme immobilization; cell culture and immobilization techniques; pharmaceutical applications.

  2. Unit II: Genetic Engineering and Recombinant DNA Technology

    9 Hours

    Principles of genetic engineering; recombinant DNA technology; production of interferons, hepatitis-B vaccine, and insulin; polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and its applications; mutations and types of mutants.

  3. Unit III: Microbial Biotransformation and Fermentation Technology

    9 Hours

    Microbial biotransformation; fermentation principles and process control; industrial production of alcohol, penicillins, citric acid, and vitamin B₁₂; blood products—collection, processing, and storage.

  4. Unit IV: Gene Therapy, Genomics and Personalized Medicine

    9 Hours

    Gene therapy—types and methodologies; delivery systems; ethical concerns and challenges; Human Genome Project; role of bioinformatics and artificial intelligence in personalized medicine.

  5. Unit V: Immunology, Vaccines and Sera

    9 Hours

    Basics of immunology; types and generations of vaccines; immunization strategies; vaccine preparation, evaluation, and standardization; regulatory aspects; sera therapy; marketed products; challenges and newer approaches.

Suggested Readings

  • Crommelin, D. J. A., Sindelar, R. D. and Meibohm, B. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications. Springer.
  • Walsh, G. Biopharmaceuticals: Biochemistry and Biotechnology. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Brown, T. A. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An Introduction. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Glick, B. R., Pasternak, J. J. and Patten, C. L. Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA. ASM Press.
  • Doran, P. M. Bioprocess Engineering Principles. Academic Press.
  • Vogel, H. C. and Todaro, C. L. Fermentation and Biochemical Engineering Handbook. William Andrew.
  • Primrose, S. B., Twyman, R. M. and Old, R. W. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Strachan, T. and Read, A. Human Molecular Genetics. Garland Science.
  • Plotkin, S. A., Orenstein, W. A., Offit, P. A. and Edwards, K. M. Plotkin’s Vaccines. Elsevier.
  • Kindt, T. J., Goldsby, R. A., Osborne, B. A. and Kuby, J. Kuby Immunology. W. H. Freeman.
  • Janeway, C. A., Travers, P., Walport, M. and Shlomchik, M. Janeway’s Immunobiology. Garland Science.
BP404TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Social Pharmacy and Public Health

Course Objectives

  • Understand the concepts of social pharmacy, public health, and their interrelation.
  • Identify the social determinants of health and their impact on health outcomes and medication use.
  • Recognize the role of pharmacists in public health initiatives, health promotion, and disease prevention.
  • To gain knowledge about the Indian healthcare system, national health policies, and important health programs.
  • To understand basic epidemiological principles and their application in public health.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Social Pharmacy and Public Health

    6 Hours

    a) Social Pharmacy: Definition, scope, historical development, and importance. Social pharmacy as a multidisciplinary field.

    b) Public Health: Definition, concepts, history, core functions, and ethical considerations.

    c) Interplay between Social Pharmacy and Public Health: The evolving role of the pharmacist in the public health arena.

    d) Concept of Health and Disease: WHO definition of health; dimensions of health – physical, mental, social, spiritual, and environmental.

    e) Determinants of Health: Social, economic, environmental, lifestyle, and healthcare service determinants and their impact on population health.

    f) Health Indicators: Indicators used to measure health status and health outcomes in a population.

  2. Unit II: Health Systems, Policy, and Pharmacoepidemiology

    6 Hours

    a) Healthcare Delivery Systems: Overview of global healthcare systems.

    b) Indian Healthcare System: Structure, public and private sectors, primary, secondary, and tertiary levels of care.

    c) Health Policy: Introduction to health policy formulation and analysis; objectives of India’s National Health Policy.

    d) National Health Mission (NHM): NRHM and NUHM – goals, strategies, and impact on public health indicators.

    e) Pharmacoepidemiology: Definition, aims, scope, and applications.

    f) Measures of Disease Frequency and Distribution: Incidence, prevalence, endemic, epidemic, pandemic; morbidity and mortality rates, Odds ratio and relative risk.

    g) Introduction to Biostatistics: Role in public health; types of data; basic data presentation methods.

  3. Unit III: Preventive Healthcare, Health Promotion, and Communicable Diseases

    6 Hours

    a) Levels of Prevention: Primordial, primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention with examples.

    b) Role of Pharmacists in Disease Prevention and Health Promotion: Immunization services, screening programs, lifestyle counselling.

    c) Health Education: Definition, principles, methods, and importance; development of effective health education materials.

    d) Mother and Child Health (MCH): Antenatal care, postnatal care, breastfeeding, immunization schedules.

    e) Communicable Diseases: Modes of transmission, prevention, and control of tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS, malaria, dengue, typhoid, influenza; pharmacist’s role.

  4. Unit IV: Non-Communicable Diseases, Nutrition, Mental Health, and National Programs

    6 Hours

    a) Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs): Diabetes, hypertension, cardiovascular diseases, chronic respiratory diseases, cancer; prevention and management.

    b) Nutrition and Health: Balanced diet, macro- and micronutrients, malnutrition, nutritional deficiency disorders, food safety, and adulteration.

    c) Mental Health: Common mental disorders, stigma, promotion of mental well-being; pharmacist’s role.

    d) National Health Programs in India: Programs related to MCH, NCDs, communicable diseases, tobacco control, and deafness prevention.

  5. Unit V: Pharmacoeconomics, Rational Use of Medicines, Professional Roles, and Future Trends

    6 Hours

    a) Pharmacoeconomics: Introduction, significance; Cost-Benefit Analysis (CBA), Cost-Effectiveness Analysis (CEA), Cost-Utility Analysis (CUA).

    b) Rational Use of Medicines (RUM): Definition, importance, problems of irrational drug use; pharmacist’s role.

    c) Medication Adherence: Factors affecting adherence, consequences of non-adherence, improvement strategies.

    d) Drug Misuse and Abuse: Alcohol, tobacco, opioids, prescription drug abuse; pharmacist’s role.

    e) Professionalism and Ethics in Social Pharmacy: Ethical dilemmas in public health pharmacy.

    f) Disaster Management: Role of pharmacists.

    g) Emerging Trends: Telepharmacy, digital health, personalized medicine, expanding public health responsibilities of pharmacists.

Suggested Readings

  • Anderson, S., Dedrick, R. and Tiffany, B. Community Pharmacy Practice for Public Health. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Desselle, S. Public Health and Pharmacy Practice. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Donyai, P. Social and Cognitive Pharmacy: Theory and Case Studies. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Gillam, S., Yates, J. and Badrinath, P. Essential Public Health: Theory and Practice. Cambridge University Press.
  • Levin, B. L. and Hanson, A. Essentials of Public Health Pharmacy. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
  • Park, K. Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine. Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers.
  • Schneider, M. J. Introduction to Public Health. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
  • Taylor, K. and Harding, G. Pharmacy Practice. CRC Press.
  • Wertheimer, A., Ibrahim, M. I. M. and Babar, Z. U. D. Social and Administrative Aspects of Pharmacy in Low- and Middle-Income Countries. Elsevier.
BP405TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Systemic Pharmacology I

Course Objectives

  • Develop a comprehensive understanding of neurohumoral transmission, neurotransmitters, and the organization and function of the autonomic nervous system.
  • Provide knowledge of the classification, mechanisms of action, and pharmacological effects of various classes of drugs.
  • Explain the pharmacology of drugs acting on the peripheral nervous system, cardiovascular system, and urinary system.
  • Describe the physiological roles of autacoids and the pharmacology of drugs used in the management of pulmonary diseases and related disorders.
  • Familiarize students with the pharmacology of drugs acting on the immune system, hematopoietic system, and blood, and relate pharmacological principles to clinical conditions through case-based learning.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Pharmacology of drugs acting on the peripheral nervous system

    10 Hours

    a) Organization and functions of PNS.

    b) Neurohumoral transmission, co-transmission. Neurotransmitters and their receptors, including non-adrenergic and non-cholinergic (NANC) neurotransmitters.

    c) Parasympathomimetic and Parasympatholytic drugs.

    d) Sympathomimetic and sympatholytic drugs.

    e) Skeletal muscle relaxants (peripheral and central).

    f) Drugs used in the treatment of myasthenia gravis and glaucoma

  2. Unit II: Pharmacology of drugs acting on the cardiovascular system

    10 Hours

    a) Introduction to cardiovascular hemodynamic and cardiac electrophysiology.

    b) Drugs used in congestive cardiac failure.

    c) Anti-arrhythmic drugs.

    d) Anti-anginal and newer anti-ischemic drugs.

    e) Anti-hypertensive drugs.

    f) Shock, types of shocks and drugs used in their management.

    g) Stroke, types of strokes and drugs used in their management

  3. Unit III: Pharmacology of drugs acting on blood and kidney

    10 Hours

    1. Pharmacology of drugs acting on blood

    a) Anti-platelet agents

    b) Coagulants and anticoagulants.

    c) Fibrinolytics and Plasma expanders.

    d) Haematinics.

    e) Anti-hyperlipidaemic drugs.

    2. Pharmacology of drugs acting on kidney

    a) Diuretics.

    b) Anti-diuretics.

  4. Unit IV: Pharmacology of autacoids and related drugs

    9 Hours

    a) Introduction to autacoids and their classification. Therapeutic significance of important agonists and antagonists of prostaglandins, thromboxane, leukotrienes, angiotensin, bradykinin and substance P.

    b) Histamine and antihistamines.

    c) 5-HT, its agonists and antagonists, drugs used in migraine.

    d) Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, antipyretics and analgesics.

    e) Anti-gout and Antirheumatic drugs including Disease Modifying Antirheumatic Drugs (DMARDs).

  5. Unit V: Pharmacology of Drugs acting on respiratory system; Pharmacology of Drugs acting on immune system

    6 Hours

    i) Pharmacology of Drugs acting on respiratory system

    a) Drugs used in the treatment of bronchial asthma and COPD.

    b) Definitions, classification and therapeutic uses of nasal decongestants, mucolytics, expectorants and antitussives.

    c) Respiratory stimulants.

    ii) Pharmacology of Drugs acting on immune system

    Mechanism of action, adverse effects and therapeutic uses of important classes of immune stimulants and immunosuppressants.

Suggested Readings

  • Brunton, L., Hilal-Dandan, R. and Knollmann, B. Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Craig, C. R. and Stitzel, R. E. Modern Pharmacology with Clinical Applications. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • DiPiro, J. T., Talbert, R. L., Yee, G. C. and Matzke, G. R. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Katzung, B. G. and Trevor, A. J. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Rang, H. P., Dale, M. M., Ritter, J. M., Flower, R. J. and Henderson, G. Rang and Dale’s Pharmacology. Elsevier.
  • Tripathi, K. D. Essentials of Medical Pharmacology. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
BP406PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Herbal Drug Technology

Course Objectives

  • To apply seed germination and plant tissue culture techniques for medicinal plants.
  • To prepare and standardize herbal extracts and phytoconstituent-enriched fractions as per Pharmacopoeial procedures.
  • To evaluate natural excipients and standardized herbal extracts for formulation development.
  • To develop and evaluate herbal cosmetic, pharmaceutical, and novel delivery systems using standardized extracts.
  • To assess the quality of marketed herbal formulations and extracts through experiential learning and surveys.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. To establish seed germination and plant tissue culture of a medicinal plant.
  3. Preparation and standardization of extracts of Phenol-rich fraction of Green Tea.
  4. Preparation and standardisation of Aqueous and hydro-alcoholic extracts of Ashwagandha or Haritaki (as per IP procedure)
  5. Preparation and standardization of Flavonoid-enriched fraction of Sweet lime peel
  6. Preparation and standardization of Terpenoid-rich fraction of Bacopa.
  7. Preparation and standardization of Steroid-rich fraction of Tribulus
  8. Preparation and standardization of Alkaloid-rich fraction of Vasaka
  9. Evaluation of excipients of natural origin.
  10. To develop and evaluate herbal cosmetics in form of gel, cream, lotion using standardized herbal extract.
  11. To develop and evaluate herbal shampoo using standardized herbal extract.
  12. To develop herbal formulations in form of syrups and mixtures using standardized herbal extract and their evaluation as per Pharmacopoeial guidelines.
  13. To develop herbal tablets using standardized herbal extract and their evaluation as per Pharmacopoeial guidelines.
  14. Preparation of botanicals-based new herbal medicinal product delivery systems (phytosomes).
  15. Experiential learning-based experiments involving collection of herbal formulations/ extracts from the market and their quality evaluation as per Pharmacopoeial guidelines.
  16. Survey on different commercialized marketed herbal cosmetics.
  17. Survey on different commercialized marketed herbal medicine.

Suggested Readings

  • Evans, W. C. Trease and Evans’ Pharmacognosy. Elsevier.
  • Harborne, J. B. Phytochemical Methods: A Guide to Modern Techniques of Plant Analysis. Springer.
  • Houghton, P. J. and Raman, A. Laboratory Handbook for the Fractionation of Natural Extracts. Chapman & Hall.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission. Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
  • Mukherjee, P. K. Quality Control and Evaluation of Herbal Drugs. Elsevier.
  • Sarker, S. D., Latif, Z. and Gray, A. I. Natural Products Isolation. Humana Press.
  • World Health Organization. WHO Guidelines on Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (GACP) for Medicinal Plants.
  • World Health Organization. WHO Quality Control Methods for Herbal Materials.
BP407PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Medicinal Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Comprehend the fundamental principles of drug synthesis, assay, and monograph analysis.
  • Acquire practical skills in the synthesis of selected drug molecules and intermediates.
  • Develop proficiency in performing qualitative and quantitative assays of drugs.
  • Understand the requirements and procedures involved in drug monograph analysis.
  • Apply appropriate techniques and methodologies for the preparation, assay, and monograph analysis of various drugs.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. Preparation of Drugs / Intermediates: a. Aspirin; b. Benzotriazole; c. Benzocaine; d. Phenytoin; e. Dibenzalacetone; f. Paracetamol
  3. Assay of Drugs (Any 3): a. Aspirin; b. Ibuprofen; c. Furosemide; d. Paracetamol
  4. Monograph Analysis (Any 3): a. Paracetamol; b. Aspirin; c. Phenobarbital; d. Diclofenac; e. Phenytoin

Suggested Readings

  • Abraham, D. J. and Rotella, D. P. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry, Drug Discovery and Development. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Beckett, A. H. and Stenlake, J. B. Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission. Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
  • Kar, A. Advanced Practical Medicinal Chemistry. New Age International Publishers.
  • Lednicer, D. The Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Moffat, A. C., Osselton, M. D. and Widdop, B. Clarke’s Analysis of Drugs and Poisons. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • United States Pharmacopeial Convention. United States Pharmacopeia–National Formulary (USP–NF). United States Pharmacopeial Convention.
  • Vogel, A. I. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Longman Scientific & Technical.
BP408PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Biotechnology

Course Objectives

  • Provide fundamental knowledge of biotechnology concepts, including protein therapeutics, monoclonal antibodies, enzyme immobilization, and their pharmaceutical applications.
  • Explain the principles and applications of genetic engineering and recombinant DNA technology in pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Develop understanding of microbial biotransformation, fermentation processes, and large-scale production of pharmaceutical products such as alcohol, antibiotics, vaccines, and blood products.
  • Describe the principles, methodologies, delivery systems, and ethical considerations associated with gene therapy and modern vaccine technologies.
  • Introduce the regulatory requirements and standardization procedures for vaccines, sera, and other biopharmaceutical products.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. Understanding Good microbiological laboratory practices while working in Microbiology laboratory aseptic handling in microbiology lab: growth and isolation of microbes using streaking, spreading and subculturing techniques: microbial staining, study of various equipments such as loop, straight wire, spreader, forceps, pipette, test tube, petridish, burner etc and apparatus used in microbiology lab - BOD incubator, laminar flow, aseptic hood, autoclave, hot air sterilizer, deep freezer and microscopes.
  3. Handling of biological spill, decontamination procedures and hygiene while handling microorganisms and disposal
  4. Sterilization and evaluation of glassware and apparatus using hot air oven
  5. Preparation and sterilization of solid and liquid culture medium using different techniques
  6. Determination of microbiological efficacy of disinfectant/ preservative efficacy test
  7. Tests for sterility of ophthalmic or parenteral marketed formulation according to IP.
  8. Analysis of Biotechnological product (Protein, nucleic acid materials) by UV Vis and FTIR spectrophotometer
  9. Production of alcohol using Fermentation process
  10. Practice Whole cell immobilization technique (any one)
  11. Practice Enzyme immobilization technique and its kinetics
  12. Isolation and estimation of DNA and RNA
  13. Isolation of plasmids and expression of protein
  14. Agarose gel electrophoresis of DNA/ RNA
  15. SDS – polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis for proteins.
  16. Microbiological assay of antibiotics.

Suggested Readings

  • Baltz, R. H., Davies, J. E. and Demain, A. L. Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology. ASM Press.
  • Carter, S. J. Cooper and Gunn’s Tutorial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Chou, S. L. M. Practical Biotechnology: A Guide to Biochemical Engineering. Springer.
  • Denyer, S. P., Hodges, N. A. and Gorman, S. P. Hugo and Russell’s Pharmaceutical Microbiology. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Glick, B. R., Pasternak, J. J. and Patten, C. L. Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA. ASM Press.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A., Kanig, J. L. and Khar, R. K. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Pelczar, M. J., Chan, E. C. S. and Krieg, N. R. Microbiology. McGraw-Hill.
BP409PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Social Pharmacy and Public Health

Course Objectives

  • Understand and apply basic health assessment techniques (blood pressure, BMI, and blood glucose levels), and perform essential first aid skills.
  • Gain skills in the development of health education tools and communication strategies to promote prevention and control of communicable diseases and encourage healthy lifestyle modifications.
  • Familiarize with mental health assessment tools and improve clinical communication skills through simulated role-play exercises focused on patient screening.
  • Acquire practical knowledge of immunization practices and demonstrate correct vaccine administration techniques using simulation models.
  • Understand the principles of epidemiology and designing preventive strategies for common communicable diseases. Develop foundational knowledge of Pharmacoeconomics and its applications. Evaluate health interventions, while identifying irrational drug use practices.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 Experiments must be performed; * Mandatory experiments)
  2. Training on health screening services (Blood pressure, body mass index (BMI), blood glucose levels, heart rate (pulse rate), respiratory rate, body temperature, oxygen saturation (SpO₂), hemoglobin levels (basic anemia screening)).
  3. Develop health promotion material for the prevention of communicable diseases.
  4. Role play- usage of different mental scales in patient screening.
  5. Case study on calculation of prevalence; incidence, odds ratio and relative risk.
  6. Design and demonstrate preventive strategies for major communicable diseases (group activity)
  7. Present a case study highlighting cost-benefit analysis in healthcare.
  8. Perform cost-effectiveness analysis for selected health interventions.
  9. Conduct cost-utility analysis to assess health program efficiency.
  10. Perform basic first aid techniques.
  11. Design informational leaflet on lifestyle modifications for disease prevention.
  12. Identify and illustrate irrational drug use with a real-world example.
  13. Prepare an immunization chart, interpret the vaccination schedule and perform patient counselling for vaccination*.
  14. Hand wash and hand sanitizing techniques*.
  15. Demonstration and practice of wound dressing in first aid and basic suturing techniques*.
  16. Practical training on routes of drug administration-oral, and other non-parenteral routes*.
  17. Practical training on routes of drug administration- parenteral routes*.
  18. Training on basic life support (BLS)*.

Suggested Readings

  • Drummond, M. F., Sculpher, M. J., Claxton, K., Stoddart, G. L. and Torrance, G. W. Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes. Oxford University Press.
  • Harding, G. and Taylor, K. Social Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Park, K. Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine. Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers.
BP410PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Systemic Pharmacology I

Course Objectives

  • Provide understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of different pharmacological experiments using virtual simulations and video demonstrations.
  • Develop skills to assess drug effects on various systems such as cardiovascular, respiratory, skeletal muscle, and gastrointestinal tract using simulation models.
  • Familiarize the learners with experimental methodologies such as Langendorff’s heart preparation, spasmogen and spasmolytic effects, and PA2 value determination using Schild plot.
  • Provide knowledge of modern techniques for drug evaluation.
  • Explore clinical pharmacology aspects through case studies on drug interactions, management of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, and plasma volume expanders.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 Experiments must be performed)
  2. To demonstrate Langendorff’s heart assembly and its applications in pharmacology (only video demonstration/or charts and illustrations).
  3. Recording of the effects of different electrolytes, agonists and antagonists on the isolated and perfused frog heart preparation using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  4. To study the effect of various drugs on blood pressure and heart rate anaesthetized dog using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  5. Demonstration of the estimation of intraocular pressure on rabbit eye and human eye by using conventional Schiotz tonometer and non-contact tonometer.
  6. To evaluate the muscle relaxant activity of drugs on Rota-rod apparatus using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  7. Demonstration of the effect of spasmogens and spasmolytic using rabbit jejunum using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  8. Determination of PA2 value of Atropine using a suitable isolated tissue preparation by Schild plot method with the help of hypothetical data using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  9. Determination of PA2 value of Prazosin using a suitable isolated tissue preparation by Schild plot method with the help of hypothetical data using interactive computer simulation experiment.
  10. To study the antiallergic effects of drugs using mast cell degranulation assay using interactive computer simulated experiment.
  11. Evaluation of diuretic activity of drugs in rats using metabolic cages (simulation) and estimation of electrolytes in the urine samples/serum using flame photometer/commercially available kits.
  12. Evaluation of effects of antihistaminic drugs on the histamine-induced bronchospasm in guinea pigs using interactive simulated experiment.
  13. To study and analyse drug-drug interaction/ rational drug management of asthma with the help of Case Study/ hypothetical data/ any clinical report.
  14. To study clinical pharmacology of the plasma volume expanders and their importance (using charts/open sources videos).
  15. Demonstration of evaluation of anti-inflammatory activity in paw oedema model using plethysmometer using simulations.
  16. Concept of Biobanking and its significance in drug screening.
  17. Isolation of Polymorphonuclear cells from blood and evaluation of endotoxin-induced oxidative stress in them using Nitrobluetetrazolium dye method by colourimetry.
  18. Determination of viability of cells (using isolated polymorphonuclear cells) by Trypan blue dye exclusion assay to determine cell viability using microscopy method.
  19. Determination of anti-inflammatory activity of durgs in vitro using RBC membrane stabilization assay
  20. Determination of protein concentrations using Bradford reagent and plotting of standard curve of bovine serum albumin.
  21. Estimation of anticholinesterase inhibitory activity of drugs using Ellman’s reagent (DTNB)
  22. Determination and and plotting of standard curve for LPO, Nitric oxide and GSH.
  23. *PCI recommended software’s shall be used for performing experiments.

Suggested Readings

  • Ghosh, M. N. Fundamentals of Experimental Pharmacology. Hilton & Company.
  • Hofmann, F. B. Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology (HEP Series). Springer Nature.
  • Computer Assisted Learning (CAL) software packages for experimental pharmacology simulations.
BP411IInternship4 CreditsMarks: 1008 Hrs/week

Internship (Mandatory)

As per Regulation section 22, every candidate shall complete a minimum of 240 hours of practical training, spread over a period of two semesters, in a Pharmaceutical/ Cosmetics/ Medical Devices/ Food Industry, or in a Hospital/Community Pharmacy, or any other relevant field, and submit two internship reports which are evaluated separately. Marks: Certificate and Report submission 75, Presentation and Discussion 25, Total 100. See page 47 of the PDF

B Pharm Semester V Syllabus

Semester V of the B Pharm carries 22 credits and 600 marks and covers Biomedicinal Chemistry, Industrial Pharmacognosy, Innovation and Startup Ecosystem, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms II, Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance, Systemic Pharmacology II, Biomedicinal Chemistry, Industrial Pharmacognosy, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms II, Systemic Pharmacology II.

BP501TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biomedicinal Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Provide comprehensive knowledge of drugs acting on the central nervous system, including anesthetics, sedatives, antipsychotics, and anticonvulsants, with emphasis on their chemical classification and structure–activity relationships (SAR).
  • Familiarize students with anti-infective chemotherapeutic agents used against tuberculosis, malaria, protozoal, viral, fungal, helminthic, and urinary tract infections, including their chemical structures and SAR.
  • Impart understanding of antibiotics and sulfa drugs, focusing on their chemical classes, mechanisms, therapeutic relevance, and structure–activity relationships.
  • Introduce antineoplastic agents and endocrine drugs, highlighting their chemical nature, classification, therapeutic applications, and structure–activity correlations.
  • Develop knowledge of antidiabetic agents and narcotic analgesics, including opioid antagonists, with emphasis on medicinal chemistry principles and SAR of key drug classes.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Drugs Acting on the Central Nervous System

    10 Hours

    Study of the development of the following classes of drugs includes chemical classification, structure, uses, SAR of selective drug classes, and synthesis of selected drugs as superscripted*

    General Anesthetics: Halothane, Methoxyflurane, Enflurane, Sevoflurane, Isoflurane, Desflurane, Methohexital, Thiamylal, Thiopental, Ketamine*, Ramelteon, Remimazolam, Fospropofol, Dexmedetomidine

    Sedatives and Hypnotics: Barbital, Phenobarbital*, Mephobarbital, Amobarbital, Butabarbital, Pentobarbital, Secobarbital, Chlordiazepoxide, Diazepam*, Oxazepam, Chlorazepate, Lorazepam, Alprazolam, Zolpidem, Glutethimide, Meprobamate, Ethchlorvynol, Triclofos, Paraldehyde

    SAR of Barbiturates and Benzodiazepines

    Antipsychotics: Promazine, Chlorpromazine*, Triflupromazine, Thioridazine, Piperacetazine, Prochlorperazine, Trifluoperazine, Chlorprothixene, Thiothixene, Loxapine, Clozapine, Haloperidol, Droperidol, Risperidone, Molindone, Sulpiride, Brexpiprazole, Lumateperone, Pimavanserin, Samidorphan

    SAR of Phenothiazines

    Anticonvulsants: Phenobarbitone, Methabarbital, Phenytoin*, Mephenytoin, Ethotoin

    Oxazolidinediones: Trimethadione, Paramethadione

    Succinimides: Phensuximide, Methsuximide, Ethosuximide

    Phenacemide, Carbamazepine*, Clonazepam, Primidone, Valproic acid, Gabapentin, Felbamate, Perampanel, Lacosamide, Retigabine

    SAR of Anticonvulsants

  2. Unit II: Anti-Infective Chemotherapeutic Agents

    12 Hours

    Antitubercular Agents: Isoniazid*, Ethionamide, Ethambutol, Pyrazinamide, Para-amino salicylic acid*, Rifampicin, Rifabutin, Cycloserine, Streptomycin, Capreomycin, Pretomanid, Clofazimine, Levofloxacin, Bedaquiline, Linezolid, Delamanid

    Antimalarials: Quinine, Chloroquine*, Amodiaquine, Primaquine, Pamaquine, Quinacrine, Mefloquine, Cycloguanil pamoate, Proguanil, Pyrimethamine, Artesunate, Artemether, Atovaquone

    SAR of Quinoline derivatives

    Antiprotozoals: Metronidazole*, Tinidazole, Ornidazole, Diloxanide, Iodoquinol, Pentamidine isethionate, Atovaquone, Eflornithine, Paromomycin, Nitazoxanide

    Antivirals: Amantadine, Rimantadine, Idoxuridine, Acyclovir*, Ganciclovir, Zidovudine, Didanosine, Zalcitabine, Lamivudine, Loviride, Delavirdine, Ribavirin, Saquinavir, Indinavir, Ritonavir, Valganciclovir, Peramivir, Lenacapavir

    Antifungals: Amphotericin-B, Nystatin, Natamycin, Griseofulvin, Clotrimazole, Econazole, Butoconazole, Oxiconazole, Tioconazole, Miconazole, Ketoconazole*, Terconazole, Itraconazole, Fluconazole, Naftifine, Tolnaftate, Posaconazole, Isavuconazole

    Anthelmintics: Diethylcarbamazine, Thiabendazole, Mebendazole, Albendazole*, Niclosamide, Oxamniquine, Praziquantel, Ivermectin

    Urinary Tract Anti-infective Agents: Nalidixic acid, Norfloxacin, Enoxacin, Ciprofloxacin*, Ofloxacin, Lomefloxacin, Sparfloxacin, Gatifloxacin, Furazolidone, Nitrofurantoin, Methenamine, Moxifloxacin

    SAR of Quinolones

  3. Unit III: Antibiotics and Sulfa Drugs

    8 Hours

    Antibiotics: Penicillins, Cephalosporins, β-Lactamase inhibitors, Monobactams

    Aminoglycosides: Streptomycin, Neomycin, Kanamycin, Tetracyclines: Tetracycline, Oxytetracycline, Minocycline, Doxycycline, Macrolides: Erythromycin, Clarithromycin, Azithromycin Chloramphenicol*, Clindamycin, Clavulanic acid

    SAR of Penicillins, Tetracyclines, and Cephalosporins

    Sulfa Drugs: Sulphamethizole, Sulfisoxazole, Sulphapyridine, Sulphathiazole, Sulfacetamide, Sulphamethoxazole, Sulphadiazine, Mefenide, Sulfasalazine, Trimethoprim, Cotrimoxazole, Dapsone*

    SAR of Sulfonamides

  4. Unit IV: Antineoplastic Agents

    6 Hours

    Mechlorethamine, Cyclophosphamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Busulfan, Thiotepa, Mercaptopurine*, Thioguanine, Fluorouracil, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, Methotrexate*, Azathioprine, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Bleomycin, Etoposide, Vinblastine, Vincristine, Paclitaxel, Camptothecin, Cisplatin, Mitotane, Carboplatin

  5. Unit V: Endocrine Drugs, Antidiabetic Agents and Narcotic Analgesics

    9 Hours

    Endocrine Drugs

    Sex hormones: Testosterone, Nandrolone, Progesterone, Oestriol, Oestradiol, Oestrone, Diethylstilbestrol

    Drugs for erectile dysfunction: Sildenafil, Tadalafil

    Oral contraceptives: Mifepristone, Norgestrel, Levonorgestrel

    Corticosteroids: Cortisone, Hydrocortisone, Prednisolone, Betamethasone, Dexamethasone

    Thyroid and antithyroid drugs: L-Thyroxine, L-Thyronine, Propylthiouracil, Methimazole

    Antidiabetic Agents: Insulin and preparations, Tolbutamide*, Chlorpropamide, Glipizide, Glimepiride

    Biguanides: Metformin

    Thiazolidinediones: Pioglitazone, Rosiglitazone

    Repaglinide, Nateglinide, Acarbose, Voglibose

    Narcotic Analgesics: Morphine, Codeine, Meperidine, Anilerdine, Diphenoxylate, Loperamide, Fentanyl*, Methadone, Propoxyphene, Pentazocine, Levorphanol

    Nalorphine, Levallorphan, Naloxone

    SAR of Morphine analogues

Suggested Readings

  • Abraham, D. J. and Griffin, J. L. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery. Wiley.
  • Brunton, L., Hilal-Dandan, R. and Knollmann, B. Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Kar, Ashuthosh. Medicinal Chemistry. New Age International.
  • Lednicer, D. The Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis. Wiley.
  • Li, J. J. Modern Drug Synthesis. Wiley.
  • Patrick, G. L. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Oxford University Press.
  • Vogel, A. I. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Williams, D. A., Lemke, T. L. and Roche, V. F. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Wilson, C. O., Beale, J. M. and Block, J. H. Wilson and Gisvold’s Textbook of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
BP502TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Industrial Pharmacognosy

Course Objectives

  • Introduce students to the industrial, commercial, and economic aspects of herbal drugs in national and global markets.
  • Knowledge of commercial production, quality assurance, and standardization of herbal extracts, volatile oils, and traditional AYUSH formulations
  • Train students in modern analytical techniques for the identification, characterization, and quality evaluation of plant-based drugs and herbal products
  • Develop skills in isolation, characterization, commercial production, and analysis of bioactive phytoconstituents.
  • Familiarize students with national and international regulatory frameworks, pharmacopoeial standards, and safety, efficacy, and pharmacovigilance requirements governing herbal medicinal products.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: General Introduction to Herbal Industries, institutions and trade status of herbals

    8 Hours

    (a) Role of medicinal and aromatic plants trade in national economy of a country and introduction of Current trade status and potential of some commercially important medicinal plants/natural products like Ashwagandha, Turmeric, Ginseng, Amla and essential oils.

    (b) A brief account of bioeconomy, biodiversity hot spots and plant-based industries and institutions involved in research work on medicinal and aromatic plants in India.

    (c) Emerging therapeutic categories of Herbal Medicinal Products available in market, their composition with rationale for Aphrodisiac, Antistress, anti-diabetics, antihyperlipidemic, immunomodulator, hepatoprotective and kidney disorders

    (d) Emerging Herbal cosmeceuticals: Anti-Aging, Depigmenting, anti-acne, sunscreen, detoxifying, anti-irritant, nutricosmetics.

  2. Unit II: Commercial Production and Standardization of botanicals

    10 Hours

    Significance of AYUSH/ WHO-GMP, GLP and USFDA compliant facility in production of quality herbal products.

    Commercial production of standardized herbal extracts with clinical relevance: Coleus, Amla, Turmeric, Ashwagandha and Senna.

    Commercial production and standardization of volatile oils: Eucalyptus oils, Lavender oil and Peppermint oil, Rosemary oil

    Preparation and standardization of Ayush formulations viz Aristas and Asawas, Ghutika/Habb, Churna/ Shafoof Arq, Sharbat, Tincture and Bhasma.

  3. Unit III: Modern methods of analysis of Plants and Plant-based products

    12 Hours

    Basic principles and applications in analysis of botanicals:

    Spectroscopic methods: UV-Visible spectroscopy, IR Spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy and Mass spectroscopy, Atomic Absorption Scpectroscopy

    Chromatographic methods: HPTLC, HPLC, UPLC, GC,

  4. Unit IV: Isolation, Characterization, Commercial Production and analysis of bioactive phytoconstituents

    8 Hours

    Isolation, characterization with commercial production, identification and analysis of bioactive phytoconstituents: Artemisinin, Sennosides, Withanolids, Boswellic acid, Atropine, and Lycopene.

  5. Unit V: International Regulatory Perspectives

    7 Hours

    (a) Overview of global regulations for herbal products (e.g., World Health Organization, United States Food and Drug Administration – Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act, European Medicines Agency, TGA-ARG Therapeutic Goods Administration – Australian Regulatory Guidelines for Complementary Medicines, Natural Health Products (Canada)

    (b) Harmonization challenges and mutual recognition of traditional medicine

    (c) Importance of safety, efficacy and pharmacovigilance in herbal product regulation

    (d) Study of Monographs on herbal drugs and botanicals related to Indian Pharmacopoeia, United States Pharmacopoeia Herbal Medicine and Dietary Supplement, Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India and Unani Pharmacopoeia of India.

Suggested Readings

  • Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia Committee. Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India. Government of India, Ministry of AYUSH.
  • European Medicines Agency. Herbal Monographs and Regulatory Guidelines.
  • Indian Drug Manufacturers’ Association. Indian Herbal Pharmacopoeia.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission. Indian Pharmacopoeia. Government of India.
  • International Council for Harmonisation. ICH Guidelines on Quality, Safety, Efficacy and Multidisciplinary Topics.
  • Natural Health Products Directorate. Regulatory Framework for Natural Health Products.
  • Unani Pharmacopoeia Committee. Unani Pharmacopoeia of India. Government of India, Ministry of AYUSH.
  • United States Pharmacopeial Convention. United States Pharmacopeia.
  • World Health Organization. Guidelines on Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (GACP) for Medicinal Plants.
  • Drugs and Cosmetics Act and Rules (India). Government of India.
BP503TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Innovation and Startup Ecosystem

Course Objectives

  • Introduce students to the fundamental concepts, principles, and significance of innovation and entrepreneurship in contemporary economic and social contexts.
  • Familiarize students with the structure, components, and key stakeholders of the startup and innovation ecosystem.
  • Provide students with an understanding of the startup lifecycle, including ideation, opportunity analysis, product development, validation, and scaling.
  • Equip students with practical tools and techniques for problem identification, opportunity recognition, business model development, and idea validation.
  • Foster an entrepreneurial mindset by encouraging active participation in innovation-related events, stakeholder interactions, and experiential learning activities.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Innovation and Entrepreneurship

    6 Hours

    Defining Innovation and Entrepreneurship: What is Innovation?; Types of Innovation: Product, Process, Business Model, Social; What is Entrepreneurship?; Characteristics of an Entrepreneur

    Invention vs Innovation: Distinction between Invention and Innovation; Importance of Innovation in the 21st Century (Economic growth and job creation; Solving societal problems); Disruptive technologies and their impact

    Case Studies: Innovative companies (e.g., Apple, Google, Tesla)

    Introduction to the Startup Ecosystem: Key components (Entrepreneurs; Incubators/Accelerators; Mentors; Investors; Government; Academia; Support Services); Role of each component in fostering innovation

    Practical Aspect: Participation in National Innovation Day and National Startup Day

  2. Unit II: Ideation and Opportunity Identification

    6 Hours

    Identifying Problems and Market Gaps: Problem-solving approach to entrepreneurship; Techniques for problem identification (Observation; Empathy mapping; User interviews); Market research basics (Understanding customer needs and pain points)

    Generating Innovative Ideas: Brainstorming techniques (SCAMPER; Mind Mapping; Design Thinking principles for ideation); Lateral thinking and divergent thinking; From problem to solution: developing initial concepts

    Opportunity Analysis and Feasibility: Market sizing and potential; Competitive analysis; SWOT analysis for new ventures

    Practical Aspect: Participation in Ideation Challenges or Hackathons (e.g., Smart India Hackathon or IIC internal ideation competitions)

  3. Unit III: Building a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and Validation

    6 Hours

    Lean Startup Methodology: Introduction to Lean Startup principles; Build–Measure–Learn feedback loop; Concept of MVP (Importance; Scope and objectives)

    Designing and Developing an MVP: Different types of MVPs; Tools and resources for rapid prototyping; User experience basics for MVPs

    Validation: Customer interviews and feedback collection; A/B testing and split testing; Pivoting vs Persevering

    Practical Aspect: Participation in sessions/workshops on Prototype, MVP, and Product Development

  4. Unit IV: Business Models and Startup Operations

    6 Hours

    Business Model Canvas (BMC): Introduction to the 9 building blocks of BMC; Developing a BMC for a new venture; Value Proposition Design

    Legal and Financial Aspects for Startups: Legal structures (Sole Proprietorship; Partnership; Private Limited Company); Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) (Patents; Trademarks; Copyrights); Startup funding (Bootstrapping; Angel investors; Venture capital)

    Team Building and Mentorship: Importance of a strong founding team; Roles and responsibilities in a startup; Value of mentors and advisors

    Practical Aspect: Participation in IPR awareness programs or startup funding sessions

  5. Unit V: Scaling, Ecosystem Engagement, and Future Trends

    6 Hours

    Growth Strategies and Scaling Up: Marketing and sales for startups; User acquisition and retention; Challenges of scaling and solutions; Exit strategies (Acquisition; IPO)

    Engaging with the Startup Ecosystem: Networking with investors, mentors, and entrepreneurs; Participation in startup competitions and pitch events; Leveraging incubators and accelerators

    Future Trends in Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Emerging technologies (Artificial Intelligence; Blockchain; Internet of Things (IoT); Sustainable Technologies); Social entrepreneurship and impact investing; Global startup trends

    Practical Aspect: Participation in National Innovation Day and student engagement activities to prepare and deliver a concise pitch for their developed idea, simulating a startup pitch event.

Suggested Readings

  • Eric Ries. The Lean Startup: How Today’s Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses. Crown Business.
  • Thiel, P. and Masters, B. Zero to One: Notes on Startups, or How to Build the Future. Crown Business.
  • Bansal, R. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish. Westland.
  • Dalal, M. Big Billion Startup: The Untold Flipkart Story. Pan Macmillan India.
  • Ivaturi, V. K. The Manual for Indian Start-Ups: Tools to Start and Scale-Up Your New Venture. Notion Press.
  • Mishra, S., Patjoshi, P. K. and Patnaik, S. K. Innovation and Entrepreneurship. Pearson India.
  • Sardar, R. and Waghmare, G. Startup Ecosystem in India: Text and Cases. Himalaya Publishing House.
BP504TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms II

Course Objectives

  • Understand the principles of formulation and development of monophasic liquid dosage forms, including solvent selection and solubility enhancement techniques.
  • Acquire knowledge of biphasic liquid dosage forms, including physicochemical principles, formulation strategies, manufacturing processes, and stability considerations.
  • Develop competence in pressurised dosage forms such as aerosols, metered-dose inhalers, and dry powder inhalers, with emphasis on formulation design, device components, manufacturing, and quality evaluation.
  • Understand the formulation, manufacturing, and evaluation of semisolid dosage forms, with emphasis on drug permeation through the skin and factors affecting topical drug delivery.
  • Gain exposure to advanced drug delivery systems such as nanosuspensions, nanoemulsions, SMEDDS/SNEDDS, xerogels, and emulgels for improved therapeutic performance.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Monophasic Liquids & Pressurised Dosage Forms

    6 Hours

    Foundations: Need, advantages/limitations; monophasic vs biphasic; solubility-enhancement techniques.

    Vehicles & solvents: Pharmaceutical waters (types; manufacturing & Quality Control of Purified/Distilled); classes of solvents as per toxicity.

    Formulation & manufacturing: Raw-material considerations and additives; processing; Quality Control of solutions/syrups/elixirs; powders for reconstitution as solutions.

    Measuring, filling & packaging: Techniques; container–closure integrity; automation in liquid manufacturing.

  2. Unit II: Biphasic Liquids - Suspensions

    6 Hours

    Formulation & manufacturing: Additives; classification of suspending agents; IPQC & Quality Control; instabilities and packaging.

    Advances: Nanosuspensions; dry powder for reconstitution as suspensions; raft-forming systems.

  3. Unit III: Biphasic Liquids - Emulsions

    6 Hours

    Formulation & manufacturing: Additives; classification of emulsifying agents; IPQC & Quality Control; instabilities and packaging.

    Advances: Nano-emulsions, micro-emulsions, SMEDDS/SNEDDS (overview, applications).

  4. Unit IV: Pressurized dosage forms (Aerosols/MDIs)

    6 Hours

    Concepts; propellant classification/selection; valves & containers; formulation, manufacturing, and Quality Control (leak, spray pattern, delivered dose, particle-size/aerodynamic performance).

    Dry Powder Inhalers: valves & containers; formulation, manufacturing, and Quality Control

  5. Unit V: Semisolid Dosage Form

    6 Hours

    Theory of Semisolid Dosage Forms: Definition & Purpose, Drug Permeation Pathways through skin, Factors affecting Permeation, Permeation enhancers: Physical and Chemical.

    Types of semisolid dosage form:

    Ointments: Base Selection, Formulation, Manufacturing and Evaluation

    Creams: Formulation, Manufacturing and Evaluation

    Gels/Jellies: Formulation, Manufacturing and Evaluation.

    Pastes: Formulation, Manufacturing and Evaluation

    Suppositories and Pessaries: Formulation, Manufacturing and Evaluation

    Advances: Xerogels, emulgels (overview, applications).

Suggested Readings

  • Aulton, M. E. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design. Elsevier.
  • Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation. CRC Press.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Robinson, J. R. and Lee, V. H. L. Controlled Drug Delivery: Fundamentals and Applications. CRC Press.
  • Troy, D. B. and Beringer, P. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
BP505TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the concepts and systems of pharmaceutical quality management
  • Provide an overview of regulatory frameworks governing pharmaceutical quality.
  • Familiarize students with organizational, infrastructural, and operational requirements of pharmaceutical manufacturing and quality control.
  • Explain quality control testing of pharmaceutical products
  • Understand the documentation, validation, calibration, and data integrity essential for regulatory compliance.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Quality Assurance and Quality Management Systems

    10 Hours

    Quality Assurance and Quality Management concepts: Definition and concepts of Quality Control, Quality Assurance, and GMP

    Total Quality Management (TQM): Definition, elements, and philosophies

    ICH Guidelines: Purpose, process of harmonization, overview of QSEM with special emphasis on Q-series guidelines

    Quality by Design (QbD): Definition, overview, elements of QbD program, and tools

    ISO 9000 and ISO 14000: Overview, benefits, elements, and steps for registration

    NABL Accreditation: Principles and procedures

  2. Unit II: Organization, Personnel, Premises, and Materials Management

    10 Hours

    Organization and Personnel: Responsibilities, training, hygiene, and personal records

    Premises: Design, construction, plant layout, maintenance, sanitation, environmental control, utilities, and control of contamination

    Equipment and Raw Materials: Equipment selection, User Requirement Specifications (URS), handling and maintenance of raw materials

    Warehousing: Good warehousing practices and materials management

  3. Unit III: Quality Control and Good Laboratory Practices

    10 Hours

    Quality Control Tests for Formulations: In-process and finished product quality control tests for tablets, capsules, ointments, creams, ophthalmic and parenteral preparations

    Quality Control of Raw Materials and Packaging Materials: Tests for raw materials, containers, rubber closures, and secondary packing materials

    Good Laboratory Practices (GLP): General provisions, organization and personnel, facilities and equipment, ALCOA principles, reference standards, testing facility operations, records and reports, and disqualification of testing facilities

  4. Unit IV: Documentation, Complaints, and Product Recall

    8 Hours

    Documentation in the Pharmaceutical Industry: Batch Formula Record, Master Formula Record, Drug Master File, SOPs, quality audits, preparation, handling, archival, and distribution of records

    Complaints and Product Recall: Handling of complaints, evaluation of complaints, returned goods, recalls, and waste disposal

  5. Unit V: Calibration and Validation

    7 Hours

    Calibration and Validation: Introduction, definitions, importance, and general principles

    Calibration of weights and measures, pH meter

    Qualification of UV-Visible spectrophotometer, electronic balance, IR spectrophotometer, and HPLC

    Analytical Method Validation: General principles of analytical method validation as per ICH Q2 guidelines

Suggested Readings

  • Godfrey, A. B. and Juran, J. M. Juran’s Quality Handbook. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Organisation of Pharmaceutical Producers of India. Quality Assurance Guide. OPPI.
  • Weinberg, S. Good Laboratory Practice Regulations. Marcel Dekker.
  • World Health Organization. Quality Assurance of Pharmaceuticals: A Compendium of Guidelines and Related Materials. World Health Organization.
BP506TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Systemic Pharmacology II

Course Objectives

  • Understand the neurohumoral transmission in the central nervous system and the role of neurotransmitters and their modulators in CNS disorders.
  • Learn the pharmacology of drugs used in pathological conditions of CNS, GIT, and endocrine system.
  • Familiarize learners with concepts of drug abuse, addiction, dependence, tolerance, and their management.
  • Impart comprehensive knowledge of chemotherapeutic agents including anticancer drugs.
  • Introduce the principles of rational use of chemotherapeutic agents.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Pharmacology of Drugs Acting on Central Nervous System

    10 Hours

    Neurohumoral transmission in the CNS; physiological roles of GABA, glutamate, glycine, serotonin, and dopamine.

    a. General anesthetics, pre-anaesthetic medications, and local anaesthetic agents

    b. Sedative–hypnotics

    c. Alcohol and disulfiram

    d. Opioids, opiate analgesics, and antagonists

    e. Drugs used in epilepsy

    f. Drugs used in Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s diseases

  2. Unit II: Pharmacology of Drugs Used in Psychiatry

    7 Hours

    a. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anti-anxiety drugs, mood stabilizers, CNS stimulants, and hallucinogens

    b. Substance abuse, drug addiction, and general principles of de-addiction

  3. Unit III: Chemotherapy

    14 Hours

    i) Introduction

    a. Definitions of chemotherapy, chemotherapeutic index, antibiotics, and antimicrobial agents

    b. Concept of selective targeting in chemotherapy

    c. Classification of antimicrobial agents based on mechanism of action

    d. Concept of superinfection, chemoprophylaxis, and combined use of antibiotics

    e. Antimicrobial resistance: causes, mechanisms, and preventive measures

    ii) Antimicrobial Agents: Classification, mechanism of action, adverse drug reactions, and therapeutic uses of: Sulphonamides and cotrimoxazole; Fluoroquinolones; Penicillins and cephalosporins; Macrolides and tetracyclines; Linezolid; Carbapenems and monobactams; Chloramphenicol and aminoglycosides

    iii) Chemotherapy of Diseases: Drugs used in the treatment of: Fungal infections; Viral infections; Helminthiasis; Urinary tract infections; Tuberculosis; Leprosy; Malaria; Amoebiasis; Neoplastic diseases

  4. Unit IV: Pharmacology of Drugs Acting on Endocrine System

    10 Hours

    a. Introduction to basic concepts of endocrinology

    b. Thyroid and antithyroid agents

    c. Parathormone, calcitonin, and vitamin D

    d. Insulin and oral hypoglycaemic agents

    e. ACTH and corticosteroids

    f. Oral contraceptives

    g. Drugs acting on the uterus

    h. PCOD

  5. Unit V: Drugs Acting on Gastrointestinal Tract

    4 Hours

    a. Drugs used in peptic ulcer

    b. Drugs used for constipation and diarrhoea

    c. Emetics and anti-emetics

    d. Digestants, carminatives, appetizers, and anorectics – definitions and examples

Suggested Readings

  • Brunton, L., Hilal-Dandan, R. and Knollmann, B. Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Craig, C. R. and Stitzel, R. E. Modern Pharmacology with Clinical Applications. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • DiPiro, J. T., Talbert, R. L., Yee, G. C. and Matzke, G. R. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Katzung, B. G. and Trevor, A. J. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Rang, H. P., Dale, M. M., Ritter, J. M., Flower, R. J. and Henderson, G. Rang and Dale’s Pharmacology. Elsevier.
  • Tripathi, K. D. Essentials of Medical Pharmacology. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
BP507PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Biomedicinal Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Comprehend the fundamental principles of drug synthesis and apply them to the preparation of selected drug molecules and intermediates.
  • Develop practical skills in performing laboratory techniques for the synthesis of organic compounds, including the use of microwave irradiation.
  • Understand and apply the principles of drug assay to quantitatively analyze the purity and concentration of given drug samples.
  • Learn and utilize computational tools to predict physicochemical and ADME properties of drug molecules.
  • Apply molecular docking techniques to predict drug-target interactions.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Preparation of Drugs / Intermediates (Any 4): 7-Hydroxy-4-methyl coumarin; Thiobarbituric acid; 2,3-Diphenylquinoxaline; Sulphanilamide; Triphenyl imidazole; Perform synthesis of intermediate/drug using microwave irradiation or green chemistry techniques.
  2. Assay of Drugs (Any 4): Sulpha drugs; Metronidazole; Isoniazid; Phenobarbitone; Benzyl penicillin; Chloroquine
  3. Drug Design & Computational Tools (Any 4): Calculate physicochemical and ADME properties using Swiss ADME (e.g. logP, molecular weight, H-bond donors/acceptors); Perform basic molecular docking studies using any of open-source academic tools.

Suggested Readings

  • Abraham, D. J. and Griffin, J. L. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery. Wiley.
  • Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. Pearson Education.
  • Lednicer, D. The Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis. Wiley.
  • Patrick, G. L. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Oxford University Press.
  • Remington. The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Williams, D. A., Lemke, T. L. and Roche, V. F. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Wilson, C. O., Beale, J. M. and Block, J. H. Wilson and Gisvold’s Textbook of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
  • Brown, N. Artificial Intelligence in Drug Discovery. Cambridge: Royal Society of Chemistry.
BP508PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Industrial Pharmacognosy

Course Objectives

  • Apply knowledge of chromatographic and spectroscopic techniques for the separation, isolation, and analysis of phytoconstituents.
  • Learn isolation and characterization of major secondary metabolites and volatile oil constituents using standard laboratory methods.
  • Perform chemoprofiling, purification, and quantitative estimation of herbal and Ayurvedic formulations.
  • Prepare and document herbal drug monographs and traditional formulations as per IP, API, and IHP guidelines.
  • Integrate experiential learning and community-based studies for understanding the use, quality, and awareness of traditional medicines.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. To perform column chromatography for isolation of phytochemicals.
  3. Preparative TLC of curcuminoids.
  4. Isolation and identification of Piperine.
  5. Isolation and identification of Sennoside.
  6. Isolation and identification of Withanolide.
  7. Isolation and identification of Lycopene.
  8. Acid – base purification process for the separation of alkaloids.
  9. Chemoprofiling of purified alkaloidal fraction.
  10. Separation of amino acid by paper chromatography.
  11. TLC/HPTLC/HPLC of herbal extracts/ botanicals.
  12. Isolation and determination of total aldehyde content in volatile oil.
  13. Preparation of monographs on herbal drugs wrt IP, API, IHP.
  14. Determination of the alcohol content of Asava and Arista.
  15. Standardization of any two Ayurvedic formulations using UV-spectroscopy.
  16. Preparation and evaluation of Ayurvedic churna.
  17. Experiential learning-based experiments focused on the preparation and practical applications of folkloric or region-specific traditional formulations within the community.
  18. Case studies analyzing community awareness and usage patterns of various traditional formulations.

Suggested Readings

  • Mukherjee, P. K. Quality Control of Herbal Drugs: An Approach to Evaluation of Botanicals. Business Horizons.
  • Sinha, D., Mukherjee, S. and Chowdhury, S. Methods of Extraction of Phytochemicals. IGI Global.
  • Zhang, J., Wen, C., Zhang, H., Duan, Y. and Ma, H. Extraction of Bioactive Compounds with Subcritical Water. Elsevier.
BP509PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms II

Course Objectives

  • Understand various solubility enhancement techniques.
  • Provide hands-on experience in manufacturing processes and evaluation of monophasic and biphasic liquid dosage forms.
  • Provide hands-on experience in manufacturing processes and evaluation of semisolid dosage forms.
  • Learn manufacturing processes and evaluation of pressurised dosage forms.
  • Understand the effects of formulation parameters on the performance of biphasic and semisolid dosage forms.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. To enhance the solubility of a BCS Class II drug by solid dispersion technique.
  3. To enhance the solubility of a BCS Class II drug by cyclodextrin complexation.
  4. Preparation and evaluation of medicated syrups using simple and artificial syrup bases.
  5. Preparation and evaluation of different types of pharmaceutical emulsions.
  6. Preparation and evaluation of an emulsion with a small-dose oily active (e.g., calciferol).
  7. Preparation and evaluation of an oral suspension.
  8. To study the effect of different suspending agents/concentrations on sedimentation volume.
  9. Preparation and evaluation of a dry powder for reconstitution as a suspension.
  10. Preparation and evaluation of pharmaceutical creams.
  11. Preparation and evaluation of pharmaceutical gels.
  12. To study the effect of different gelling agents/concentrations on viscosity of gels.
  13. Preparation and evaluation of medicated suppositories.
  14. Preparation and evaluation of medicated pessaries.
  15. Preparation and evaluation of in-situ gels.
  16. Preparation and evaluation of emulgels.

Suggested Readings

  • Aulton, M. E. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design. Elsevier.
  • Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation. CRC Press.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Robinson, J. R. and Lee, V. H. L. Controlled Drug Delivery: Fundamentals and Applications. CRC Press.
  • Troy, D. B. and Beringer, P. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
BP510PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Systemic Pharmacology II

Course Objectives

  • Provide understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of different pharmacological experiments using virtual simulations and video demonstrations.
  • Develop skills to assess drug effects on various systems such as cardiovascular, respiratory, skeletal muscle, and gastrointestinal using simulation models.
  • Familiarize the learners with experimental methodologies such as Langendorff’s heart preparation, spasmogenic and spasmolytic effects, and PA2 value determination using Schild plot.
  • Provide knowledge of the modern techniques for drug evaluation, such as intraocular pressure measurement, nitric oxide estimation, neutrophil function tests and spirometry.
  • Explore clinical pharmacology aspects through case studies on drug interactions, management of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, and plasma volume expanders.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. Evaluation of analgesic activity of centrally and peripherally acting analgesics using Eddie's hot plate, tail-flick, tail immersion, and acetic acid-induced writhing methods through interactive computer simulation.
  3. Evaluation of antiepileptic activity using maximal electroconvulsive shock (MES)-induced seizures through interactive computer simulation.
  4. Demonstration of the antiepileptic activity using pentylenetetrazol-induced seizures through interactive computer simulation.
  5. Evaluation of antidepressant activity of drugs using the tail suspension test through interactive computer simulation.
  6. Demonstration and study of locomotor activity using actophotometer through interactive computer simulation.
  7. Evaluation of antianxiety activity using the elevated plus maze or zero maze model through interactive computer simulation.
  8. Evaluation of antipsychotic activity of drugs using inhibition of conditioned response on Cook's pole climbing apparatus through interactive computer simulation.
  9. Study of the effect of drugs on learning and memory using the Morris water maze test through interactive computer simulation.
  10. Study of antiulcer activity using indomethacin-induced or pylorus ligation-induced ulcer models.
  11. Estimation of the concentration of oxytocin on isolated rat uterus preparation using a suitable method through interactive computer-based simulation.
  12. Estimation of drug concentration by 3-point or 4-point bioassay through interactive computer simulation.
  13. Bioassay of histamine using matching, bracketing, or interpolation methods on suitable isolated tissue preparation with the help of interactive computer simulation.
  14. Study of cell culture techniques, including types of cell culture, laboratory instruments/equipment, culture media, and growth of cell cultures in laboratory facilities.
  15. Study of antibacterial sensitivity testing of urine culture using techniques such as the disc diffusion method (theoretical details/case studies).
  16. Demonstration using databases and software packages for predicting drug activity, ADME properties, and toxicity.
  17. Study of electrophoresis of protein and DNA samples and gel visualization techniques.
  18. Construction of pharmacological networks using predicted drug targets and disease genes with activity prediction databases, disease gene databases, and suitable software.
  19. *PCI recommended software’s shall be used for performing experiments.

Suggested Readings

  • Ghosh, M. N. Fundamentals of Experimental Pharmacology. Hilton & Company.
  • Vogel, H. G. Drug Discovery and Evaluation: Pharmacological Assays. Springer.
  • Hofmann, F. B. Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology (HEP Series). Springer Nature.

B Pharm Semester VI Syllabus

Semester VI of the B Pharm carries 26 credits and 750 marks and covers Advanced Pharmacognosy, Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, Intellectual Property Rights, AI applications in Pharmaceutical Sciences, Pharmaceutical Analysis, Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence, Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, Pharmaceutical Analysis, Internship (Mandatory), along with the optional papers listed below. Only 1 course shall be selected from each elective.

BP601TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Advanced Pharmacognosy

Course Objectives

  • Understand reverse pharmacology and integrative approaches in natural drug discovery.
  • Apply metabolomics and systems biology tools for quality control and bioactivity evaluation of herbal medicines.
  • Explore modern AI-driven, in-silico, and high-throughput techniques for identification and optimization of natural product leads.
  • Study validation, safety, and development pathways of herbal leads including preclinical and clinical evaluation.
  • Understand legal, ethical, and patenting frameworks related to bioprospecting, traditional knowledge protection, and natural product innovation.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Reverse Pharmacology and Integrative Approaches

    6 Hours

    Reverse pharmacology and integrative approaches from the AYUSH perspective.

    Ethnopharmacological approach to bioprospecting.

    Traditional medicine databases: AYUSH Research Portal, ICMR Standards on Indian Medicinal Plants, TKDL, NAPRALERT, Super Natural, etc.

    Molecular docking and ADMET screening of bioactives.

    Concept of adjuvant therapy with herbals in metabolic and non-communicable diseases.

  2. Unit II: Metabolomics and Systems Biology

    11 Hours

    Introduction to metabolomics and its tools: applications of NMR and HRMS in metabolomics, Metabolomics profiling and dereplication studies, Role of metabolomics in quality control, scientific, validation of traditional claims and pharmacological evaluation, Network pharmacology and systems biology approaches to herbal medicine, Significance of spectral libraries and chemoinformatics databases in drug discovery

  3. Unit III: Modern Techniques in Natural Product Discovery

    10 Hours

    Role of artificial intelligence (AI), Machine learning and big data in Drug discovery from natural Products.

    Molecular docking, Virtual Screening and Pharmacophore modelling, Use of Genomic and transcriptomic tools in medicinal plant research, High-throughput screening (HTS) and bioautography.

  4. Unit IV: Validation and Development of Herbal Leads

    12 Hours

    Bioactivity Guided Fractionation, characterization/Structure Elucidation, Optimization of lead compounds for better efficacy, safety, and stability through SAR and QSAR modelling for semi-synthetic compounds of Salicin, Artemisinin, Piperine, Papaverine and Andrographolides.

    Preclinical, Clinical Evaluation and New Drug approvals: Testing for toxicity as per OECD guidelines, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailability of herbal products, extracts and lead compounds, assessment of safety and efficacy, clinical trials with or without placebo for clinical endpoints based on assessment of quality of life reporting adverse events if any, filing IND application, NDA submission, Regulatory review and post marketing surveillance.

  5. Unit V: Patenting of Natural Products

    6 Hours

    Key Terminologies and Concepts: Definitions and distinctions: Patent, Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Farmers' Rights and Breeders' Rights, Bioprospecting and Biopiracy

    Patenting Aspects of Natural Products and Traditional Knowledge: Legal frameworks and challenges in patenting natural substances, Traditional Knowledge Digital Library (TKDL) and its role in protecting indigenous knowledge.

    Role of National Biodiversity Authority in patenting natural products and NAGOYA protocol.

    Case Studies: Turmeric – U.S. patent on wound healing and its revocation, Neem – Biopiracy issue and patent cancellation.

Suggested Readings

  • Bhat, S. V., Nagasampagi, B. A. and Sivakumar, M. Chemistry of Natural Products. Springer.
  • Gräbley, S. and Thiericke, R. Drug Discovery from Nature. Springer.
  • Hanessian, S. Natural Products in Medicinal Chemistry. Wiley-VCH.
  • Ikan, R. Natural Products: A Laboratory Guide. Academic Press.
  • Kemp, W. Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry. Macmillan.
  • Narayanan, P. Intellectual Property Law. Eastern Law House.
  • Sarker, S. D., Latif, Z. and Gray, A. I. Natural Products: Isolation, Structure Elucidation and History. Elsevier.
BP602TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics

Course Objectives

  • Describe fundamental biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetic principles governing drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion.
  • Analyze the physicochemical and biological factors that determine drug bioavailability, protein binding, and elimination pathways.
  • Illustrate compartmental pharmacokinetic models, and their evaluations through application of mathematical equations to calculate key parameters.
  • Design, conduct, and interpret bioavailability, bioequivalence, and in vitro–in vivo correlation studies.
  • Apply pharmacokinetic principles to optimize dosing regimens—including loading and maintenance doses and steady-state kinetics—and utilize software tools to analyze both linear and non-linear drug kinetics.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics

    10 Hours

    Introduction to various Pharmacokinetic parameters (using Plasma drug Concentration vs Time curve) and Pharmacodynamic parameters and drug delivery index.

    Absorption; Mechanisms of drug absorption through GIT, Physicochemical, Biological and Dosage form related factors influencing drug absorption though GIT, methods of Assessment of GIT absorption,

    Distribution Tissue permeability of drugs, binding of drugs, apparent volume of drug distribution, plasma and tissue protein binding of drugs, factors affecting protein-drug binding. Kinetics of protein binding, Clinical significance of protein binding of drugs.

  2. Unit II

    10 Hours

    Elimination (Metabolism and Elimination): Drug metabolism and basic understanding of metabolic pathways renal excretion of drugs, factors affecting renal excretion of drugs, renal clearance, non renal routes of drug excretion of drugs

    Bioavailability and Bioequivalence: Definition and Objectives of bioavailability, absolute and relative bioavailability, Introduction to BCS and biopharmaceutical drug disposition classification system, methods of measurement of bioavailability (Plasma data, Urinary excretion data), Protocol for assessment of bioavailability and bioequivalence studies. in-vitro drug dissolution methods (test apparatus I-VII), biorelevant dissolution mediums, in-vitro in-vivo correlations: Concept and Applications, Biowaivers, Methods of enhancement of bioavailability.

  3. Unit III

    10 Hours

    Pharmacokinetic Models: Compartment Models: Definition, Basis of classification, Properties of compartment, Advantages and disadvantages of compartment modelling. Kinetic considerations of One compartment open model. (a). Intravenous Injection (Bolus/rapid) (b). Intravenous infusion and (c) Extra-vascular administration. (with emphasis on Curve Fitting, Wagner–Nelson, Loo Riegelman)

    Introduction to non-compartment model: Principles, estimation of PK parameters (AUC, AUMC, MRT, MAT statistical moment theory).

  4. Unit IV

    9 Hours

    Multicompartment models: Multiple dosage regimen: dosing interval, drug accumulation, loading dose, maintenance dose, PK Parameters Kinetic consideration of two compartment open model (a) Intravenous Injection (Bolus/rapid) and (b) Extra vascular administrations (oral administration). Kinetics of multiple dosing, steady state drug levels, calculation of loading and maintenance doses and their clinical significance. Multiple dosage regimen.

    Introduction to pharmacokinetic consideration of Modified release drug products.

  5. Unit V

    6 Hours

    Nonlinear Pharmacokinetics: Introduction, Reasons for Non-linearity, Michaelis-menton method of estimating parameters, Explanation with example of drugs.

    Application of PK software: Introduction of various in-silico methods for calculating various PK parameters.

Suggested Readings

  • Shargel, L. and Yu, A. B. C. Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Gibaldi, M. Biopharmaceutics and Clinical Pharmacokinetics. Lea & Febiger.
  • Rowland, M. and Tozer, T. N. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics: Concepts and Applications. Wolters Kluwer.
  • Bonate, P. L. Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Modeling and Simulation. Springer.
  • Brahmankar, D. M. and Jaiswal, S. B. Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics: A Treatise. Vallabh Prakashan.
  • Eddy, D. M. Modeling and Simulation in the Medical and Health Sciences. Springer.
BP603TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Intellectual Property Rights

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts and types of intellectual property (IP) and highlight their importance in the pharmaceutical and healthcare sectors.
  • Understand the procedures and legal frameworks related to patent filing, granting, and protection of intellectual property.
  • Develop awareness of international and national IP laws and treaties, including the TRIPS agreement and Indian Patent Act, and their implications for the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Provide insights into the management and commercialization of IP, including licensing, technology transfer, and joint ventures.
  • Familiarize with common IP infringement issues and remedies, using real-world case studies from the pharmaceutical industry to illustrate key principles.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Intellectual Property

    6 Hours

    Definition and scope of Intellectual Property (IP), Importance and types of IP: Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Trade Secrets, Overview of the origin and progression of intellectual property rights in India and internationally, Role of IP in the pharmaceutical industry

  2. Unit II: Patents – Fundamentals and Process

    6 Hours

    Definition and objectives of patents, Criteria for patentability such as Novelty/innovations, Non-obviousness, Utility, Types of patents and non-patentable inventions in India, Procedure for filing a patent in India, Rights of a patent holder and term of patent protection

  3. Unit III: Patent Laws and Acts

    6 Hours

    Overview of Indian Patent Act, 1970 (latest amendments and key provisions under the act), TRIPS Agreement and its implications on the Indian pharmaceutical sector, Compulsory licensing, patent opposition, and revocation, Indian pharmaceutical patents: Case studies.

  4. Unit IV: Other Forms of Intellectual Property

    6 Hours

    Trademarks, Copyrights, Industrial designs: Definition, importance, registration process, Basics and protection in scientific work, Importance and legal framework, Trade secrets and geographical indications in pharma industry

  5. Unit V: IPR Management and Commercialization

    6 Hours

    Valuation and strategies for commercialization of intellectual property; processes of technology transfer, licensing agreements, and collaborative ventures; issues related to IP infringement and available legal remedies; management practices of IPR in the pharmaceutical industry supported by relevant case studies.

Suggested Readings

  • World Intellectual Property Organization. Introduction to Intellectual Property. WIPO.
  • Indian IPR. https://ipindia.gov.in/
  • Ahuja, V. K. Law Relating to Intellectual Property Rights. LexisNexis.
  • Bouchoux, D. Intellectual Property. Cengage Learning.
  • Ganguli, P. Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge Economy. Tata McGraw-Hill.
  • Narayanan, P. Intellectual Property Law. Eastern Law House.
  • Ramakrishna, T. Basic Principles and Acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights. CIPRA.
  • Sreenivasulu, N. S. Law Relating to Intellectual Property. Partridge Publishing.
  • Vaidhyanathan, S. Intellectual Property: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press.
  • Wadehra, B. L. Law Relating to Intellectual Property. Universal Law Publishing.
BP604TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

AI applications in Pharmaceutical Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Introduce applications of artificial intelligence and machine learning across major pharmaceutical disciplines.
  • Understand the structured data in natural products, medicinal chemistry, formulation science, and manufacturing
  • Interpret regression and classification models in drug discovery, product performance, and quality monitoring.
  • Build awareness of predictive modeling for pharmaceutical decision-making.
  • Understand multivariate analysis in pharmaceutical analytical techniques.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: AI in Natural Products & Pharmacognostic Data Modeling

    6 Hours

    Overview of ML applications in natural products:

    Representation of crude drug data (morphological, microscopic, phytochemical, chromatographic features)

    Structuring herbal datasets for predictive modeling

    Classification models for authentication of crude drugs (authentic vs adulterated)

    Regression models for prediction of secondary metabolite yield

    Application of AI in phytochemical screening and prioritization

    Herb-drug interaction prediction using database-driven approaches

    Limitations of predictive modeling in natural products.

  2. Unit II: AI in Medicinal & Pharmaceutical Chemistry

    6 Hours

    Overview of the role of AI applications in pharmaceutical chemistry with focus on drug discovery concepts:

    Conversion of molecular structures into numerical descriptors (MW, logP, HBD/HBA, TPSA)

    Structured chemical datasets and QSAR modeling

    Regression and classification models for predicting biological activity (IC₅₀, solubility, ADMET properties), toxicities.

    Virtual screening and lead optimization concepts

    Limitations of ML models and importance of chemical reasoning

  3. Unit III: AI in Drug Product Design & Performance Prediction

    6 Hours

    Overview of AI models across formulation development stages, with emphasis on the applications and limitations:

    Overview of dosage form development and formulation variables

    Machine learning in formulation optimization and excipient selection

    Regression modeling for solubility and bioavailability enhancement

    Time-concentration modeling for drug release interpretation

    Stability study design and modeling degradation trends

    Shelf-life estimation using regression-based approaches

    Practical limitations of extrapolation in formulation science

  4. Unit IV: AI in Process Monitoring & Production Systems

    6 Hours

    Overview of introduces multivariate analysis in pharmaceutical analytical techniques with focus on the different models and their applications:

    Digital data acquisition in pharmaceutical production

    Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) and Critical Process Parameters (CPPs)

    Correlation analysis for identifying process variability

    Logistic regression models for batch pass/fail prediction

    Feature importance in process monitoring, predictive maintenance concepts.

    Ethical and regulatory considerations in automated decision-making, and limitations of predictive models in manufacturing environments.

  5. Unit V: AI in Pharmaceutical Analysis & Chemometrics

    6 Hours

    Overview of multivariate analysis in pharmaceutical analytical techniques with focus on the different models and their applications:

    Introduction to chemometrics and multivariate analytical data

    Spectroscopic data modeling (UV/IR interpretation)

    Regression analysis in quantitative pharmaceutical analysis

    Chromatographic peak modeling and interpretation

    Classification models for genuine vs counterfeit detection

    Handling noise and variability in analytical datasets

    Limitations of AI models in analytical decision-making

Suggested Readings

  • Bakeev, K. A. Process Analytical Technology: Spectroscopic Tools and Implementation Strategies for the Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries. Wiley.
  • Brown, N. Artificial Intelligence in Drug Discovery. Royal Society of Chemistry.
  • Chavda, V., et al. Bioinformatics Tools for Pharmaceutical Drug Product Development.
  • Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation. CRC Press.
  • Hanessian, S. Natural Products in Medicinal Chemistry. Wiley.
  • Pais, A., et al. Artificial Intelligence for Drug Product Lifecycle Applications.
  • Schlindwein, W. S. and Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Quality by Design: A Practical Approach. Wiley.
  • World Health Organization. Quality Assurance of Pharmaceuticals: A Compendium of Guidelines and Related Materials. WHO Press
BP605TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Analysis

Course Objectives

  • Understand the interaction of matter with electromagnetic radiation and its application in spectroscopic methods for pharmaceutical drug analysis.
  • Study the principles, instrumentation, and pharmaceutical applications of electroanalytical techniques such as potentiometry, conductometry, polarography, and amperometry.
  • Understand and apply various chromatographic and electrophoretic separation techniques used for qualitative and quantitative analysis of drugs.
  • Impart knowledge of instrumental methods used for accurate qualitative and quantitative analysis of pharmaceutical substances.
  • Develop the ability to select, optimize, and validate suitable analytical techniques, interpret analytical data.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Electrochemical Methods of analysis

    10 Hours

    Potentiometry: Electrode potential, electrochemical cell, construction and working of reference and indicator electrodes including membrane electrodes, measurement of potential and pH, potentiometric titrations, methods of detecting end point and Karl Fischer titration.

    Conductometry: Introduction, conductivity cell, conductometric titrations and applications.

    Polarography: Introduction, residual current, migration current, diffusion current and limiting current, DME, polarographic wave, Ilkovic’s equation (Statement Only), and applications.

  2. Unit II: Spectroscopy

    10 Hours

    Fundamentals of Spectroscopy: Properties of electromagnetic radiation, electromagnetic spectrum.

    UV Visible spectroscopy: Beer and Lambert’s law, Derivation and deviations. Electronic transitions, chromophores, auxochromes, spectral shifts, solvent effect on absorption spectra, Instrumentation - Sources of radiation, wavelength selectors, sample cells, detectors (Photo tube, Photomultiplier tube, Photo voltaic cell, Silicon Photodiode). Applications - single and multi component analysis of pharmaceuticals.

    IR spectroscopy: Introduction, fundamental modes of vibrations in poly atomic molecules, factors affecting vibrations, Instrumentation of dispersive Infrared spectrophotometer (including sample handling Techniques) and FTIR. Pharmaceutical applications.

  3. Unit III: Fluorometric Analysis

    7 Hours

    Theory, luminescence, factors affecting fluorescence, quenching. Instrumentation and pharmaceutical applications.

    Flame Photometry and Atomic Absorption Spectrometry: Theory, nebulisation, flame and flame temperature, interferences, instrumentation and pharmaceutical applications.

    Nepheloturbidometry: Principle, instrumentation and applications.

  4. Unit IV: Introduction to Chromatographic Techniques

    8 Hours

    Principle, various stationary and mobile phases, diverse development and detection techniques and applications of column, paper and thin layer chromatography.

    Ion-exchange chromatography: Introduction, principles, types of ions exchange resins, factors affecting ion exchange, methodology and applications.

    Gel filtration and affinity chromatography: Principles and applications.

    Electrophoresis: Introduction, factors affecting electrophoretic mobility, Techniques of paper, gel, capillary electrophoresis, applications.

  5. Unit V

    10 Hours

    Gas chromatography: Introduction, theory, instrumentation, derivatization, temperature programming, advantages, disadvantages and applications

    High performance liquid chromatography: Introduction, theory, instrumentation, advantages and applications.

    HPTLC: Principle, instrumentation and applications.

Suggested Readings

  • Braun, R. D. Analytical Chemistry: A Modern Approach to Analytical Science. McGraw-Hill.
  • Dyer, J. R. Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Molecules. Prentice Hall.
  • Harvey, D. Modern Analytical Chemistry. McGraw-Hill.
  • Sharma, Y. R. Organic Spectroscopy. S. Chand.
  • Skoog, D. A., Holler, F. J. and Crouch, S. R. Principles of Instrumental Analysis. Cengage Learning.
  • Watson, D. G. Pharmaceutical Analysis. Elsevier.
BP606TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence

Course Objectives

  • Understand the fundamental principles and scope of pharmaceutical legislations governing drug development, manufacture, distribution, and marketing.
  • Gain comprehensive knowledge of Indian pharmaceutical Acts and Rules, including Drugs and Cosmetics Act, Pharmacy Act, NDPS Act, and related regulations.
  • Learn the roles, responsibilities, and functions of regulatory authorities involved in regulation and control of pharmaceuticals in India.
  • Learn the code of pharmaceutical ethics and legal responsibilities in professional pharmacy practice.
  • Develop the ability to analyse regulatory frameworks, pricing controls, and emerging regulations, and assess their impact on public health, industry compliance, and patient safety.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and its rules 1945

    10 Hours

    Objectives, Definitions, Legal definitions of schedules to the Act and Rules, CDSCO guidelines for Import & export of Pharmaceuticals

    Manufacture of drugs – Prohibition of manufacture and sale of certain drugs, Conditions for grant of license and conditions of license for manufacture of drugs, Manufacture of drugs for test, examination and analysis, manufacture of new drug, loan license and repacking license.

  2. Unit II: Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and its rules 1945

    10 Hours

    Detailed study of Schedule G, H, H1, M, N, P, T, U, V, X, Y, Sch F, Part XII B.

    Sale of Drugs – Wholesale, Retail sale and Restricted license. Offences and penalties

    Labeling & packing of drugs- General labeling requirements and specimen labels for drugs and cosmetics, List of permitted colors. Offences and penalties.

    Administration of the Act and Rules – Drugs Technical Advisory Board, Central drugs Laboratory, Drugs Consultative Committee, Government drug analysts, Licensing authorities, controlling authorities, Drugs Inspectors

  3. Unit III

    8 Hours

    Pharmacy Act –1948: Objectives, Definitions, Pharmacy Council of India; its constitution and functions, Education Regulations including ER20, State and Joint state pharmacy councils; constitution and functions, Registration of Pharmacists, Offences and Penalties

    Medicinal and Toilet Preparation Act –1955: Objectives, Definitions, Licensing, Manufacture In bond and Outside bond, Export of alcoholic preparations, Offences and Penalties.

    Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic substances Act -1985 and Rules: Objectives, Definitions, Authorities and Officers, Constitution and Functions of narcotic & Psychotropic Consultative Committee, National Fund for Controlling the Drug Abuse, Prohibition, Control and Regulation, opium poppy cultivation and production of poppy straw, manufacture, sale and export of opium, Offences and Penalties

  4. Unit IV

    8 Hours

    Study of Salient Features of Drugs and Magic Remedies Act and its rules: Objectives, Definitions, Prohibition of certain advertisements, Classes of Exempted advertisements, Offences and Penalties

    Prevention of Cruelty to animals Act -1960: Objectives, Definitions, Institutional Animal Ethics Committee, CCSEA guidelines for Breeding and Stocking of Animals, Performance of Experiments, Transfer and acquisition of animals for experiment, Records, Power to suspend or revoke registration, Offences and Penalties

    National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority: Drugs Price Control Order (DPCO) - 2013. Objectives, Definitions, Sale prices of bulk drugs, Retail price of formulations, Retail price and ceiling price of scheduled formulations, National List of Essential Medicines (NLEM).

  5. Unit V

    9 Hours

    Pharmaceutical Legislations – A brief review, Introduction, Study of drugs enquiry committee, Health survey and development committee, Hathi committee and Mudaliar committee

    Code of Pharmaceutical ethics: Definition, Pharmacist in relation to his job, trade, medical profession and his profession,

    Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act

    Brief Introduction to Right to Information Act

    Introduction New Drugs and Clinical Trials Rules, 2019 and amendments.

    Cosmetic rules 2020

    Regulatory guidelines on similar biologics.

    Overview of Medical Device Regulations, Guidelines on Probiotics, Food Safety and Standards (Health Supplements, Nutraceuticals, Food for Special Dietary Use, Food for Special Medical Purpose, Functional Food and Novel Food) Regulations, 2016

Suggested Readings

  • Government of India. Drugs and Cosmetics Act and Rules. Government of India.
  • Government of India. Drugs and Magic Remedies (Objectionable Advertisements) Act. Government of India.
  • Government of India. Medicinal and Toilet Preparations (Excise Duties) Act. Government of India.
  • Government of India. Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act. Government of India.
  • Government of India. New Drugs and Clinical Trials Rules, 2019. Government of India.
  • Central Drugs Standard Control Organization and Department of Biotechnology. Guidelines on Similar Biologics: Regulatory Requirements for Marketing Authorization in India. Government of India.

AEC – Elective 3 (opt for any one)

BP607T AEC1Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Green Chemistry

Course Objectives

  • Comprehend the foundational principles and overarching scope of green chemistry within pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Analyze and evaluate the environmental impact of traditional pharmaceutical manufacturing processes and the significance of green chemistry metrics.
  • Acquire knowledge of diverse green chemical techniques, including alternative solvents and various catalytic approaches, for sustainable drug synthesis.
  • Recognize the industrial application of green chemistry principles in pharmaceutical manufacturing processes, focusing on waste minimization and pollution control.
  • To articulate the principles of green chemistry.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Green Chemistry in Pharmacy

    3 Hours

    Definition and scope of green chemistry in pharmaceutical sciences

    Principles of Green Chemistry with pharmaceutical examples

  2. Unit II: Environmental Aspects and Metrics in Green Pharmacy

    3 Hours

    Comparison of traditional vs. green chemical approaches in drug synthesis

    Environmental impact of pharmaceutical manufacturing

    Overview of pharmaceutical pollutants and their life cycle

    Metrics: Atom economy, E-factor, Process Mass Intensity (PMI)

  3. Unit III: Green Techniques in Pharmaceutical Synthesis – I

    3 Hours

    Green Solvents and use of green solvents (e.g. water, supercritical fluids, ionic liquids) in drug synthesis

    Solvent-free reactions in pharmaceutical synthesis

    Green Catalysis and Reaction Enhancement in pharmaceutical green chemistry – Overview of catalysis in pharmaceutical green chemistry, Photochemical Transformations, Phase Transfer Catalysis

  4. Unit IV: Green Techniques in Pharmaceutical Synthesis – II

    3 Hours

    Microwave assisted reactions: Merit and demerits of its use

    Mechanism, superheating effects of microwave

    Effects of solvents in microwave assisted synthesis

    Microwave technology in process optimization

    Applications in various organic reactions and heterocycles synthesis

  5. Unit V: Green Chemistry in Industrial and Regulatory Aspects

    3 Hours

    Green chemistry in pharmaceutical manufacturing processes

    Ultrasound assisted reactions: Types of sonochemical reactions, synthetic applications

    Continuous flow reactors: Working principle, advantages and synthetic applications

    Waste minimization and pollution control in formulation industries

    Role of green chemistry in Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP)

Suggested Readings

  • Anastas, P.T. and Warner, J.C., 2000. Green chemistry: theory and practice. Oxford university press.
  • Lancaster, M. (2016). Green Chemistry: An Introductory Text (3rd ed.). Royal Society of Chemistry.
  • Green Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry, Edited by Peter J. Dunn, Andrew Wells, and Michael T. Williams, 2010.
  • Green Chemistry and Sustainable Technology: Biological, Pharmaceutical, and Macromolecular Systems, Edited by Satish A. Dake, Ravindra S. Shinde, Suresh C. Ameta, A. K. Haghi, 2022.
  • Scalable Green Chemistry: Case Studies from the Pharmaceutical Industry, Edited by Stefan Koenig, 2013.
BP607T AEC2Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Materiovigilance and Hemovigilance

Course Objectives

  • Understand the concepts, scope, and importance of materiovigilance and hemovigilance systems in ensuring patient safety in healthcare.
  • Familiarize students with national and international regulatory frameworks, reporting systems, and global initiatives related to vigilance programs.
  • Identify and evaluate adverse events associated with medical devices and blood transfusion practices.
  • Develop competencies in detection, reporting, investigation, and documentation of vigilance-related incidents.
  • Promote awareness of safety culture, quality assurance, and ethical responsibilities in clinical and healthcare practices.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Vigilance Systems

    3 Hours

    Overview of Materiovigilance, Hemovigilance and other vigilance system in Healthcare

    Importance of post-marketing surveillance in patient safety

    Scope and objectives of materiovigilance and hemovigilance programs

    Basic concepts of adverse event reporting and safety monitoring

    Historical evolution and global relevance of Materiovigilance, Hemovigilance practices

  2. Unit II: Materiovigilance – Principles and Practices

    3 Hours

    Introduction to Materiovigilance Programme of India (MvPI)

    Roles of NCC-MvPI and technical collaborators (e.g., Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute)

    Classification of medical devices (Class A to D) based on risk

    Identification and documentation of Medical Device Adverse Events (MDAEs)

    Medical device reporting forms, process flow, and responsibilities

    Causality assessment of Medical Device Adverse Events

  3. Unit III: Hemovigilance – Principles and Practices

    3 Hours

    Overview of Hemovigilance Programme of India (HvPI)

    Organizational structure: NIB, NBTC, hospital-based hemovigilance

    Adverse Transfusion Reactions (ATRs): Types and clinical manifestations

    Use of TRRF (Transfusion Reaction Reporting Form) and Haemo-Vigil software

    Responsibilities of blood banks, transfusion officers, and healthcare providers

    Case examples along with Causality assessment of Hemolytic reactions, TRALI, TACO, allergic responses.

  4. Unit IV: Global Regulations, Risk Assessment & Root Cause Analysis

    3 Hours

    International frameworks: US FDA (MAUDE), EU MDR, SHOT (UK), French Hemovigilance

    Comparison of Indian and global materiovigilance/hemovigilance practices

    Signal detection and evaluation of adverse events

    Root cause analysis (RCA) and implementation of corrective & preventive actions (CAPA)

    Risk communication and role of healthcare teams in mitigation

  5. Unit V: Reporting Systems, Quality Assurance, and Professional Role

    3 Hours

    Demonstration: Reporting of MDAEs and ATRs using mock forms

    Practical exercises in form-filling and event documentation

    Integration of vigilance into hospital quality systems (e.g., NABH, ISO)

    Strategies to enhance adverse event reporting culture

    Ethical considerations and communication with patients/families

    Role of pharmacists, nurses, clinicians, biomedical engineers in vigilance programs

Suggested Readings

  • Bertil Jacobson - Medical Device Safety: The Regulation of Medical Devices for Public Health and Safety, CRC Press
  • Jack Wong - Handbook of Medical Device Regulatory Affairs in Asia, Pan Stanford Publishing
  • Denise M. Harmening - Modern Blood Banking and Transfusion Practices, F.A. Davis Company
  • World Health Organization (WHO)- Blood Safety: Basic Elements
BP607T AEC3Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Scientific Writing

Course Objectives

  • Develop the ability to write clearly, concisely, and effectively for scientific audiences.
  • Understand the structure and components of scientific documents such as research papers, proposals, and literature reviews.
  • Learn the principles of scientific style, tone, and formatting in academic writing.
  • Apply correct citation practices and reference management techniques.
  • Recognize and address ethical issues in scientific communication, including plagiarism and data integrity.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Scientific Writing

    2 Hours

    Overview of the course

    Principles of scientific writing

    Overview of scientific research

    Introduction to Microsoft tools and its application

  2. Unit II: Writing Literature Reviews and Scientific Papers

    5 Hours

    Structure and format of literature reviews

    Conducting a literature review

    Analyzing literature and developing themes

    Writing a compelling introduction

    Developing a clear methodology

    Results and analysis

  3. Unit III: Communicating Results and Data

    3 Hours

    Understanding data presentation

    Developing tables and figures

    Using effective graphic design

  4. Unit IV: Scientific Citation and Referencing

    3 Hours

    Understanding citation styles

    Citation and plagiarism

    Referencing in scientific writing

  5. Unit V: Ethical Issues in Scientific Writing and Peer Review and Revision

    2 Hours

    Ethical principles in scientific writing

    Misconduct and fraud in scientific writing

    Peer review and publication ethics

    Providing Constructive feedback

    Responding to feedback

Suggested Readings

  • Day, R. A., Gastel, B. How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper. Bloomsbury Publishing, USA.
  • Hofmann, A. H. Scientific Writing and Communication: Papers, Proposals, and Presentations. Oxford University Press, USA.
  • Schimel, J. Writing Science: How to Write Papers That Get Cited and Proposals That Get Funded. Oxford University Press, USA.
  • Alley, M. The Craft of Scientific Writing. Springer, New York, USA.
  • Machi, L. A., McEvoy, B. T. The Literature Review: Six Steps to Success. SAGE Publications, Thousand Oaks, USA.
  • Jesson, J., Matheson, L., Lacey, F. M. Doing a Literature Review in Health and Social Care. SAGE Publications, London, UK.
  • Tufte, E. R. The Visual Display of Quantitative Information. Graphics Press, Cheshire, USA.
  • American Medical Association. AMA Manual of Style. Oxford University Press, New York, USA.
  • American Psychological Association. Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association. American Psychological Association, Washington, DC, USA.
  • National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. On Being a Scientist: A Guide to Responsible Conduct in Research. National Academies Press, Washington, DC, USA.
BP607T AEC4Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Drug Store and Business Management

Course Objectives

  • Understand the principles of trade, commerce, and different types of business organizations.
  • Gain knowledge on effective drug store layout, procurement, and inventory control.
  • Apply basic accounting and financial principles for pharmacy business operations.
  • Explore marketing and sales strategies applicable to pharmaceutical products.
  • Develop entrepreneurial skills and understand legal aspects of drug store management.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Trade and Industry

    3 Hours

    Objectives and scope of business

    Classification of business activities – industry, commerce, trade

    Forms of business organization: sole proprietorship, partnership, cooperatives, corporations

    Features and merits/demerits of each form Pharmacy business and its legal considerations

  2. Unit II: Drug Store Management

    3 Hours

    Selection of site, space, and layout of a drug store

    Types of drug stores – hospital pharmacy, community pharmacy, chain pharmacy

    Procurement of drugs and inventory control

    Storage conditions and stock maintenance (cold storage, poisonous drugs, etc.)

    Records and registers to be maintained

  3. Unit III: Inventory Control and Sales Promotion

    3 Hours

    Introduction to inventory control: need and methods

    Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), Reorder Level (ROL), Lead time

    FIFO and LIFO methods

    Sales promotion techniques: advertising, displays, discounts

    Customer relationship management (CRM) in pharmacy

  4. Unit IV: Financial Management and Bookkeeping

    3 Hours

    Basics of accounting: journal, ledger, trial balance

    Introduction to financial statements: profit and loss account, balance sheet

    Pricing policies: markup, markdown, break-even analysis

    Bank transactions: types of accounts, cheques, drafts

    Taxation basics: GST, income tax (as applicable to pharmacies)

  5. Unit V: Pharmaceutical Marketing and Entrepreneurships

    3 Hours

    Definition and scope of pharmaceutical marketing

    Elements of marketing mix (4Ps) for pharmacy

    Drug distribution channels: wholesale and retail

    Entrepreneurship development in pharmacy

    Regulatory aspects of retail drug licensing (Drug and Cosmetics Act overview)

Suggested Readings

  • Elements of Business Management by T.R. Jain & Mukesh Trehan, VK Publications
  • Principles and Practice of Management by L.M. Prasad, Sultan Chand & Sons
  • Business Organization and Management by C.B. Gupta, Sultan Chand & Sons
  • Drug Store and Business Management by R.M. Mehta, Pharma Med Press
  • Pharmaceutical Marketing in India by Subba Rao Chaganti, Excel Books
BP607T AEC5Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Career Building in Cultivation of Medicinal Plants

Course Objectives

  • Explain the significance, historical background, and therapeutic importance of medicinal plants.
  • Examine the structure, scope, and economic potential of the medicinal plant industry.
  • Identify and describe important medicinal plants of India and their applications.
  • Develop knowledge of sustainable, organic, and scientific cultivation practices for medicinal plants.
  • Explore entrepreneurship opportunities and value chain development in the medicinal plant sector.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction and Industry Overview

    3 Hours

    Definition, importance, and cultural background (Ayurveda & ethnobotany)

    Global and Indian demand, healthcare and pharma role

    Key stakeholders: farmers, traders, processors, exporters

    Value chain, supply-demand, government/private initiatives (NMPB, AYUSH, NABARD)

  2. Unit II: Key Medicinal Plants and Cultivation Basics

    3 Hours

    Botanical characteristics and uses of major plants: Ashwagandha, Tulsi, Aloe vera, Shatavari, Brahmi, etc.

    Regional suitability and agro-climatic zones

    Factors affecting Cultivation: Soil, propagation, irrigation, pest control, organic inputs

    Harvesting, post-harvest management and storage

  3. Unit III: Organic Farming and Market Linkages

    3 Hours

    Organic certification and sustainable farming practices

    Biodiversity conservation and agroforestry integration

    Processing, drying, packaging, branding

    Market linkages: pharma, cooperatives, online platforms, export guidelines

  4. Unit IV: Policy, Entrepreneurship and Digital Tools

    3 Hours

    Government schemes and legal frameworks (NMPB, AYUSH, forest laws, GACP)

    Entrepreneurship: starting herbal farms, franchises, consulting, contract farming

    Digital tools: farm management software, GIS, mobile apps, e-commerce marketing

  5. Unit V: Practical Exposure and Project Presentation

    3 Hours

    Virtual/shortened farm/nursery visit or guest lecture (can be online)

    Group/individual project: business plan or herbal enterprise pitch presentation

Suggested Readings

  • Kumar, N., Misra, J. B. M., et al. Cultivation of Medicinal and Aromatic Crops. ICAR Publications, New Delhi, India.
  • Shah, B., Seth, A. Textbook of Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry. Elsevier / Reed Elsevier India, New Delhi, India.
  • Planning Commission / National Medicinal Plants Board. Medicinal Plants Sector in India: Challenges and Opportunities. Government of India, New Delhi, India.
  • Planning Commission (NITI Aayog). Herbal Industry in India. Government of India, New Delhi, India.
  • National Medicinal Plants Board (NMPB). Annual Reports. Ministry of AYUSH, Government of India, New Delhi, India.
  • World Health Organization. Good Agricultural and Collection Practices (GACP) for Medicinal Plants. WHO Press, Geneva, Switzerland.
BP607T AEC6Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hr/week · 15 Hrs

Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Excipient Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Understand the fundamental concepts of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) and excipients in dosage form development.
  • Analyse the physicochemical properties influencing API–excipient compatibility and formulation performance.
  • Develop knowledge of industrial methodologies for characterization and quality control.
  • Understand GMP protocols and regulatory frameworks governing API and excipient manufacturing.
  • Explore emerging industrial trends including green chemistry and bio-based excipients.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to APIs and Excipients

    3 Hours

    Definitions, classifications, and sources (synthetic, natural, biotech APIs; functional excipients).

    Physicochemical properties: Solubility, polymorphism, hygroscopicity, particle characteristics.

    Roles in formulations: Bioavailability enhancement, stability, manufacturability.

    Industry overview: Global market trends, common examples (e.g., paracetamol API, HPMC excipient).

  2. Unit II: Methodologies for Selection and Pre-formulation

    3 Hours

    Excipient selection criteria: Functionality-related characteristics (FRC).

    Compatibility studies: Binary mixtures via DSC, FTIR, XRD.

    Analytical methodologies: HPLC/GC for purity, Karl Fischer titration, laser diffraction for PSD.

    QbD approach: Risk assessment for API-excipient interactions.

  3. Unit III: Manufacturing Protocols

    3 Hours

    API processes: Synthesis routes, crystallization, drying, milling; lab-to-pilot scale-up.

    Excipient handling: Sieving, blending, lubrication protocols.

    GMP essentials: Equipment qualification, process validation.

    Unit operations: Wet/dry granulation, direct compression.

  4. Unit IV: Quality Control and Stability Protocols

    3 Hours

    QC tests: Assay, dissolution, content uniformity (IP/USP methods).

    Stability studies: ICH Q1A zones, accelerated/forced degradation.

    Impurity profiling: Genotoxic impurities (ICH M7), residual solvents.

    In-process controls: Blend uniformity, weight variation.

  5. Unit V: Regulatory Compliance and Industry Practices

    3 Hours

    ICH Q7 guidelines for APIs

    USP-NF excipient monographs and Schedule M requirements

    Drug Master File (DMF) for APIs

    Certificate of Suitability (COS) for excipients

    Process and cleaning validation protocols

    Regulatory inspections (USFDA 483, EMA expectations)

    Emerging trends: green chemistry and bio-based excipients

Suggested Readings

  • Gibson, M. Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation. Informa Healthcare, London.
  • Rowe, R. C., Sheskey, P. J., Quinn, M. E. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. Pharmaceutical Press, London.
  • Aulton, M. E. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Design and Manufacture of Medicines. Elsevier, London.
  • ICH Guidelines (Q7, Q8, Q1A). International Council for Harmonisation, Geneva.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia (Latest Edition). Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission, Ghaziabad, India.
  • United States Pharmacopeia–National Formulary (USP-NF). USP Convention, USA.
  • Banker, G. S., Rhodes, C. T. Modern Pharmaceutics. CRC Press, USA.
  • Allen, L. V., Popovich, N. G., Ansel, H. C. Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, USA.
BP608PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics

Course Objectives

  • Understand the dissolution profiles of pharmaceutical formulations using various media and conditions.
  • Apply in vitro and ex vivo techniques to assess drug absorption, dissolution, and bioavailability.
  • Interpret pharmacokinetic parameters using plasma and urinary excretion data.
  • Establish in vitro–in vivo correlation (IVIVC) for drug products based on experimental datasets.
  • Utilize software tools to simulate and analyze pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic data.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. To calculate MRT from the given data.
  2. To assess the effect of protein binding of a drug
  3. To report relative bioavailability of given drug product using urinary excretion data
  4. To report relative bioavailability of given drug product using plasma data
  5. Establish IVIVC from the given in vitro and in vivo data.
  6. To calculate pharmacokinetic parameters of a drug using given plasma level data.
  7. To report bioequivalence of drug products using given urinary excretion data administered
  8. To calculate absorption rate constant, elimination rate constant and elimination half-life of given excretion data by sigma minus method.
  9. To calculate absorption rate constant, elimination rate constant and elimination half-life of the given drug data administered by IV bolus injection represented by one compartment model.
  10. To calculate the absorption rate constant by using curve fitting method.
  11. To calculate various pharmacokinetic parameters using in silico methods.
  12. *PCI recommended software’s shall be used for performing experiments.

Suggested Readings

  • Bonate, P. L. Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Modeling and Simulation. Springer.
  • Brahmankar, D. M. and Jaiswal, S. B. Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics: A Treatise. Vallabh Prakashan.
  • Eddy, D. M. Modeling and Simulation in the Medical and Health Sciences. Springer.
  • Gibaldi, M. Biopharmaceutics and Clinical Pharmacokinetics. Lea & Febiger.
  • Rowland, M. and Tozer, T. N. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics. Wolters Kluwer.
  • Shargel, L. and Yu, A. B. C. Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics. McGraw-Hill Education.
BP609PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Analysis

Course Objectives

  • Understand the fundamental principles behind various analytical techniques including titrations, spectrophotometry, fluorimetry, flame photometry, and chromatography.
  • Develop proficiency in performing quantitative and qualitative analyses of pharmaceutical compounds using classical and instrumental methods.
  • Learn to operate and maintain laboratory instruments such as potentiometers, conductometers, spectrophotometers, fluorimeters, flame photometers, and chromatographic systems.
  • Apply appropriate analytical techniques for specific analytical challenges and interpretation, including single and multi-component assays, identification of functional groups, and separation of mixtures.
  • Learn good laboratory practices and safety protocols in handling chemicals and operating instruments.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Minimum 12 experiments must be performed.
  2. Determination of the endpoint of a acid base titration by potentiometric method.
  3. Determination of end point of acid base titrations by conductometry.
  4. Determination of absorption maxima and effect of solvents on absorption maxima of organic compounds
  5. Assay of APIs by colorimetry.
  6. Assay of single component by UV- Spectrophotometer.
  7. Simultaneous estimation of multicomponent formulations by UV spectrophotometer.
  8. Identification of various functional groups in official compounds by FTIR as per IP.
  9. Assay of quinine sulphate by fluorimetry
  10. Determination of quenching effect by fluorimetry
  11. Assay of sodium chloride by flame photometry
  12. Assay of potassium chloride by flame photometry
  13. Determination of chlorides and sulphates by nephelo turbidometry
  14. Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography
  15. Separation of mixture of components by thin layer chromatography
  16. Demonstration experiment on GC
  17. Determination of official compounds by HPLC (anyone)
  18. Demonstration experiment on HPTLC.

Suggested Readings

  • Vogel, A.I., Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Longman Scientific & Technical.
  • Beckett, A.H., and Stenlake, J.B., Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry: Part II. Athlone Press.
  • Skoog, D.A., Holler, F.J., and Crouch, S.R., Principles of Instrumental Analysis. Cengage Learning.

SEC – Elective 4 (opt for any one)

BP610P SEC1Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Computer Aided Drug Design

Course Objectives

  • Familiarize students with target identification and protein preparation using biological databases and molecular visualization tools.
  • Develop skills in ligand design, optimization, and 3D conformer generation using computational chemistry software.
  • Provide practical understanding of molecular docking and interaction analysis for structure-based drug design.
  • Introduce pharmacophore modelling and QSAR techniques for virtual screening and predictive modelling.
  • Train students in ADMET prediction and molecular dynamics simulations for evaluating drug-likeness and stability of drug–target complexes.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. General Instruction on Computational Tools: Open-source computational tools are preferred for teaching and learning purposes. However, institutions may select appropriate software platforms or online resources based on availability, institutional policy, and technical feasibility. The choice of software should enable students to perform the required computational tasks effectively. The specific software used may vary, but the learning outcomes and computational procedures described below must be achieved using suitable tools.
  2. Target Identification and Preparation: Retrieve protein sequence or structural information from publicly available biological databases. Prepare the target protein by removing unwanted molecules, correcting structural issues, and adding necessary atoms or charges using appropriate molecular visualization or preparation tools. Identify potential binding or active sites using computational methods that analyze structural pockets and cavities.
  3. Ligand Design and Optimization: Design or sketch candidate molecules using suitable molecular drawing tools. Convert structures into three-dimensional form and optimize their geometry using computational chemistry methods. Generate multiple conformations of the molecule and perform energy minimization to obtain stable structures.
  4. Molecular Docking: Perform docking simulations using computational docking platforms to predict the interaction between ligands and the target protein. Examine binding orientations and molecular interactions using visualization tools. Rank compounds based on predicted binding affinity and interaction quality.
  5. Pharmacophore Modeling: Identify essential molecular features responsible for biological activity such as hydrogen bond donors/acceptors, hydrophobic regions, and aromatic centers. Construct pharmacophore models representing these key features. Use these models to screen compound libraries for molecules that match the required feature pattern.
  6. QSAR Modeling: Calculate molecular descriptors that represent structural and physicochemical properties of compounds. Develop predictive statistical or machine learning models that relate these descriptors to biological activity. Validate models using appropriate validation techniques such as cross-validation and external datasets.
  7. ADMET Prediction: Evaluate pharmacokinetic and toxicity properties computationally, including: Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism, Excretion, Toxicity. Use predictive computational models and online resources to assess drug-likeness and safety profiles.
  8. Molecular Dynamics Simulations: Conduct simulations to study the dynamic behavior of the protein–ligand complex over time. Analyze parameters such as structural stability, atomic fluctuations, hydrogen bonding, and interaction persistence. Visualize simulation trajectories to understand conformational changes and binding stability.

Suggested Readings

  • Leach, A.R., Molecular Modelling: Principles and Applications. Harlow: Prentice Hall.
  • Todeschini, R. and Consonni, V., Molecular Descriptors for Chemoinformatics. Weinheim: Wiley-VCH.
  • Gupta, S.P., QSAR and Molecular Modeling. Berlin: Springer.
  • Jorgensen, W.L., Efficient Drug Discovery and Development. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
  • Bultinck, P., De Winter, H., Langenaeker, W. and Tollenaere, J.P., Computational Medicinal Chemistry for Drug Discovery. New York: Marcel Dekker.
  • Andrew, L.H. and Brown, F.K., Rational Drug Design: Novel Methodology and Practical Applications. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society.
  • Ward, S.E. and Davis, A., The Handbook of Medicinal Chemistry: Principles and Practice.
BP610P SEC2Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Analytical Method Development and Validation

Course Objectives

  • Provide practical exposure to analytical method development using spectrophotometric, chromatographic, and titrimetric techniques for pharmaceutical analysis.
  • Introduce principles of optimization of analytical parameters such as wavelength, mobile phase composition, column selection, flow rate, temperature, and pH for reliable analysis.
  • Familiarize students with validation requirements of analytical methods as per regulatory guidelines, including assessment of sensitivity, linearity, and specificity.
  • Expose students to advanced chromatographic applications such as dissolution testing, impurity profiling, forced degradation studies, and residual solvent analysis.
  • Bridge analytical theory with industrial and regulatory practices relevant to quality control and quality assurance of pharmaceutical products.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Perform any 12 Experiments.
  2. Development of a UV-Visible spectrophotometric method for the assay of paracetamol API. Construction of calibration curve for a model API using UV-Visible spectrophotometry.
  3. Determination of solid dosage form by using dissolution method.
  4. Analytical method development and validation of Atenolol/metformin by using HPLC.
  5. Investigation of different columns for HPLC separation of a Multi-component Drug Mixture.
  6. Optimization of mobile Phase composition for HPLC analysis of a selected drug.
  7. Optimization of Flow rate and temperature in HPLC for paracetamol/ caffeine.
  8. Selection of wavelength for spectrophotometric analysis by HPLC of Marketed drugs.
  9. Determination of λmax and calibration curve for qualitative analysis of paracetamol.
  10. Determination of effect of pH on Retention time in RP-HPLC.
  11. Validation of HPLC method : Determination of LOD and LOQ for paracetamol by HPLC
  12. Preliminary Investigation of forced Degradation studies on Ibuprofen by HPLC.
  13. Method development for related substances of a drug substance using HPLC.
  14. Determination of residual solvent analysis for ethanol/acetone in API by using Gas Chromatography.
  15. Development of titrimetric method for the assay of marketed drugs(Ascorbic acid/sodium bicarbonate).

Suggested Readings

  • Ahuja S, Dong MW, editors. Handbook of pharmaceutical analysis by HPLC. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2005.
  • Moldoveanu SC. Method development in analytical HPLC. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2014.
  • Swartz ME, Krull I. Analytical method development and validation. Boca Raton (FL): CRC Press; 2018.
  • Gorog S. Ultraviolet–visible spectrophotometry in pharmaceutical analysis. Boca Raton (FL): CRC Press; 2018.
  • Rehman K, Akash MSH. Essentials of pharmaceutical analysis. Singapore: Springer; 2020.
  • International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use. ICH Q2(R2): Validation of analytical procedures. Geneva: ICH; 2023.
BP610P SEC3Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Principles of Preclinical Studies

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the role and importance of preclinical studies in the drug discovery and development process.
  • Familiarize students with laboratory animal handling, ethical considerations, and experimental protocols used in preclinical research.
  • Explain the principles of pharmacokinetics and toxicology as applied to animal models.
  • Describe the regulatory guidelines and standards governing preclinical research and animal experimentation.
  • Develop skills in analyzing and interpreting preclinical data to support decision-making for clinical trials.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Perform any 12 Experiments.
  2. Handling, restraining, and sex differentiation of laboratory animals (demo/video)
  3. Calculation of dose for animals based on body surface area
  4. Routes of administration: oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous (simulation)
  5. Observation of behavioral effects using actophotometer/rotarod (if available)
  6. Determination of acute toxicity (LD50 concept) – case-based calculation
  7. Planning a 28-day sub-acute toxicity study protocol
  8. Pharmacokinetic study: Cmax, Tmax, AUC calculation (sample dataset)
  9. Observation of histopathological slides from toxicity studies
  10. Demonstration of sampling methods – blood, urine (case or video)
  11. Writing an animal study protocol using CPCSEA format
  12. Identification of organs for toxicity evaluation – liver, kidney, brain
  13. Visit to CPCSEA-approved animal house/laboratory
  14. Observation of animal behavior – grooming, nesting (case-based)
  15. Simulated ethics committee approval process (IAEC)
  16. Group activity: Design of a preclinical study for a hypothetical drug
  17. *PCI recommended software’s shall be used for performing experiments.

Suggested Readings

  • Preclinical and Clinical Research – A Handbook – S. K. Gupta, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers
  • Drug Discovery and Clinical Research – B. T. James & M. M. Gupta, CBS Publishers & Distributors
  • Hofmann, F. B. Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology (HEP Series). Springer Nature.
  • Fundamentals of Experimental Pharmacology – M. N. Ghosh, Hilton & Company
  • Textbook of Pharmacology – S. D. Seth, Elsevier India

VAC – Elective 5 (opt for any one)

BP611P VAC1Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Professional Skills

Course Objectives

  • Develop effective verbal and interpersonal communication skills required for professional environments.
  • Train students in workplace etiquette, interview preparation, and team collaboration.
  • Enhance problem-solving, time management, and critical thinking abilities relevant to professional settings.
  • Promote personal grooming, digital professionalism, and responsible social media etiquette.
  • Prepare students to face professional challenges through experiential learning, role play, and interactive activities.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Perform any 12 Experiments.
  2. Self-introduction exercise – verbal and written presentation
  3. Resume/CV writing – using current industry formats
  4. Mock job interview – panel-based or peer-reviewed
  5. Group discussion (GD) – on current healthcare or industry topics
  6. Public speaking practice – impromptu and prepared speeches
  7. Email etiquette and writing professional emails
  8. Time management matrix creation (Eisenhower box)
  9. Body language analysis – observe and present feedback
  10. Conflict resolution role play – team-based activity
  11. Creating a LinkedIn profile and optimizing it professionally
  12. Debate session – critical thinking and communication
  13. Listening skills test – audio-based task with Q&A
  14. Workplace scenario simulation – ethics, teamwork, communication
  15. Presentation skills – create and deliver PowerPoint presentations
  16. Goal-setting and career mapping – using SMART goals

Suggested Readings

  • Soft Skills: Enhancing Employability by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
  • The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey, Simon & Schuster
  • Personality Development and Soft Skills by Barun K. Mitra, Oxford University Press
  • Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
  • The Art of Public Speaking by Stephen E. Lucas, McGraw-Hill Education
BP611P VAC2Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Process Analytical Technology (PAT) and QbD in Formulation Science

Course Objectives

  • Introduce PAT concepts so students grasp how in-line sensors monitor critical quality attributes (CQAs).
  • Explain QbD thinking for defining design space, critical process parameters (CPPs), and risk-based control strategies.
  • Teach basic PAT tools—near-infrared (NIR) probes, focused-beam reflectance (FBRM), and multivariate models.
  • Demonstrate mini-DoE methods that link process variables to CQAs and support real-time release testing (RTRT).
  • Instil risk-analysis skills using Ishikawa diagrams and FMEA to prioritise and mitigate formulation hazards.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Identify Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) – Brainstorm and list five tablet CQAs (hardness, dissolution, etc.) and link each to patient safety or efficacy.
  2. Ishikawa (Fish-Bone) Diagram – Draw a cause-and-effect diagram for poor tablet dissolution, categorising factors into Materials, Methods, Machines and Manpower.
  3. Blend-Uniformity by NIR Probe – Collect in-line near-infrared spectra during 10 min of blender operation and plot real-time API concentration trends.
  4. Moisture Tracking with NIR – Use a portable NIR gun to measure LOD in wet granules every 2 min, stopping when the plot hits the 3 % target.
  5. Mini DoE for Granulation – Run a 2² design varying impeller speed and granulation time; measure granule mean size and create main-effects plots.
  6. Real-Time Release Test (RTRT) – Set up an at-line NIR hardness prediction model, test 20 tablets, and compare predicted vs. actual hardness.
  7. Control Chart of Particle Size (FBRM) – Stream Focused Beam Reflectance data during milling; plot X̄ and R for d₅₀ and decide if the process is in control.
  8. Multivariate Calibration Model – Build a partial-least-squares (PLS) model correlating NIR spectra to drug content; report R² and RMSEP.
  9. FMEA Risk-Priority Number – Score severity, occurrence and detectability for three high-risk process variables; rank them by RPN and suggest mitigation.
  10. PAT Model Verification Batch – Run the optimised process, capture PAT data, and confirm that all CQAs meet specification without end-product testing.

Suggested Readings

  • Bakeev KA, editor. Process Analytical Technology: Spectroscopic Tools and Implementation Strategies for the Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries. 2nd ed. Chichester: Wiley; 2010.
  • Rathore AS, Winkle H. Quality by Design for Biopharmaceuticals. 2nd ed. Hoboken: Wiley; 2019.
  • Kourti T, Bakeev K. Process Analytical Technology: Theory and Applications. 1st ed. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann; 2022.
  • Patil AS, Rane VP. Practical Implementation of Quality by Design (QbD) for Pharmaceutical Product Development. 1st ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2019.
BP612IInternship · Core4 CreditsMarks: 1008 Hrs/week

Internship (Mandatory)

As per section 22 of the Regulation, every candidate shall complete a minimum of 240 hours of practical training, spread over two semesters, in a Pharmaceutical/Cosmetics/Medical Devices/Food Industry, a Hospital/Community Pharmacy, or any other relevant field, and submit two internship reports evaluated separately. Evaluation: Certificate and Report submission 75 marks; Presentation and Discussion 25 marks; total 100 marks. See page 47 of the PDF

B Pharm Semester VII Syllabus

Semester VII of the B Pharm carries 26 credits and 700 marks and covers Biostatistics and Research Methodology, Cosmetics and Cosmeceuticals, AI in Clinical applications, Modern Analytical Techniques, Pharmacovigilance, Pharmacy Practice, Regulatory Affairs, Modern Analytical Techniques, Research Project, along with the optional papers listed below.

BP701TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Biostatistics and Research Methodology

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of biostatistics including types of variables, data collection methods, sampling techniques, and descriptive statistical measures used in pharmaceutical and biomedical research.
  • Develop understanding of probability theory, probability distributions, and sampling distributions used in the analysis of biological and pharmaceutical data.
  • Explain the principles of correlation and regression analysis for studying relationships between variables and predicting outcomes in pharmaceutical and healthcare datasets.
  • Provide knowledge of inferential statistical methods including estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, parametric and non-parametric tests, and analysis of variance.
  • Familiarize students with research methodology, experimental design, and scientific reporting practices relevant to pharmaceutical research and data interpretation.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Basic concepts of biostatistics

    9 Hours

    Definition, meaning and type of variables

    Data – Meaning and methods of data collection, data preprocessing and cleaning

    Population and sample, Importance of sampling, Sampling methods

    Probability and non-probability sampling

    Probability sampling - Random, systematic, stratified, cluster sampling

    Non-probability sampling - Convenience sampling, purposive sampling, snowball sampling

    Types of statistics - Descriptive statistics and inferential statistics

    Descriptive statistics – Meaning and types of descriptive statistics

    Frequency distribution, measures of central tendency

    Measures of dispersion – Range, variance and standard deviation.

    Concept of degrees of freedom, quartiles, skewness and kurtosis

    Diagrammatic representation of frequency distribution

  2. Unit II: Probability and probability distributions

    9 Hours

    Probability and probability distributions - Classical probability and statistical probability

    Probability of union, intersection and complement of events, conditional probability, marginal probability

    Probability distributions- Meaning of a probability distribution

    Discrete probability distribution- Meaning and examples of discrete probability distribution, meaning of PMF

    Continuous probability distribution – Meaning and examples of normally distributed data, meaning of PDF

    Normal distribution – Meaning and characteristics of a normal distribution, parameters of a normal distribution, equation for PDF of a normal distribution. Pharmaceutical examples of data which can be modelled with Poisson Normal distribution.

    Standard normal distribution, Z transformation, reading the table of Z values

    Problems based on standard normal distribution, binomial and Poisson distributions

    Sampling distributions – Meaning of sampling distributions

    t distribution – the t statistic, equation for calculating t statistic, meaning of t distribution, meaning of degrees of freedom and their relevance to t distribution, reading and interpreting table of t values, applications of t distribution

    F distribution – the F statistic, equation for calculating F statistic, meaning of F distribution, reading and interpreting table of F values

    Chi square distribution – the Chi square statistic, meaning of chi square distribution, reading and interpreting the table of chi square values, applications of chi square distribution.

  3. Unit III: Correlation and regression analysis

    9 Hours

    Correlation analysis – Introduction to the concept of correlation between two variables, positive and negative correlation, no correlation, examples of positive, negative and no correlation

    Measurement of correlation -

    Pearson’s Correlation Co-efficient – Definition and formula, assumptions, range of Pearson’s correlation co-efficient, interpretation of sign and magnitude

    Spearman’s Rank Correlation Co-efficient – Concept and when to use, procedure for calculation Spearman’s Rank Correlation Co-efficient.

    Real life applications in pharmaceutical and health sciences

    Problems on calculation of these two types of correlation co-efficient, use of scatter plot

    Multiple correlation – Concept and applications.

    Regression analysis – Concept of regression, dependent and independent variables in regression analysis, simple linear regression, simple linear regression equation (method of least squares), calculation of slope and intercept, co-efficient of determination, interpretation of output of regression analysis, applications of regression analysis. Relationship between regression co-efficient and correlation co-efficient

    Problems on simple linear regression analysis for predicting values of dependent variables (pharmaceutical examples)

    Multiple linear regression-Concept and applications, meaning of overfitting and underfitting.

  4. Unit IV: Inferential statistics

    12 Hours

    Statistical estimation – Point estimates and interval estimates of population parameters from sample statistics

    Concept of confidence intervals. Confidence intervals for means using t values. Problems on generating confidence intervals

    Hypothesis testing – Concept, steps involved, type I and type II error, sample size and power of the test, p values, applications of hypothesis testing

    Parametric tests - t- tests (single sample t test, two independent samples t test, paired t test) ANOVA (one way and two way).

    Assumptions, procedure and applications (case studies using t tests and ANOVA)

    Hypothesis testing in regression analysis and correlation

    Non-parametric tests - Mann Whitney U test, Wilcoxon Sign Rank test, Kruskal Wallis test, Friedman test, Chi square tests.

    Assumptions, procedure and applications (problems on non-parametric tests)

  5. Unit V: Research methodology

    6 Hours

    Research – Meaning, importance and types.

    Types of research designs

    Research methodology – Based on the research question, selection of research design, defining the population and sample, selecting the sample size and sampling method, method of data collection and data analysis.

    Decision tree approach for selection of statistical tests on the basis of research question and type of data

    Descriptive research design – Examples of application

    Observational research design – Examples of application

    Experimental research design – Examples of application

    Scientific report writing, plagiarism, referencing styles, selection of research journals, abstracting services and databases

    Screening and Optimization – Concept and experimental designs used for screening and optimization including Plackett Burman design, factorial designs, D optimal design, sequential simplex design, central composite design and response surface methodology, blocking and confounding in experimental designs.

Suggested Readings

  • Bolton, S. Pharmaceutical Statistics: Practical and Clinical Applications. Marcel Dekker.
  • Daniel, W. W. Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences. Wiley.
  • Montgomery, D. C. Design and Analysis of Experiments. Wiley.
BP702TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Cosmetics and Cosmeceuticals

Course Objectives

  • Recognize the fundamental concepts and classification of cosmetics and cosmeceutical formulations and their packaging and testing.
  • Develop knowledge of some common dermatological, hair, and oral care issues and their respective cosmetic products.
  • Develop an understanding of herbal cosmetics and their principles of formulation.
  • Learn regulatory guidelines, labeling protocols, and packaging regulations for cosmetics and cosmeceuticals.
  • Study the recent trends of research in artificial intelligence (AI) in customized skincare and cosmetic innovation.

Course Content

  1. Unit I

    6 Hours

    Cosmetics and cosmeceuticals, Classification of Cosmetics (Cosmetics and Cosmeceuticals for Skin Care, Hair Care, Oral Care, foot care, body cavities, Decorative Cosmetics, Cleansing cosmetics, Perfumes and Fragrances.)

    Types of various dosage forms for Cosmetics, Common excipients for cosmetic.

  2. Unit II

    6 Hours

    Common skin problems (Dry Skin, Oily skin, Pimples and acne, Pigmentation, Prickly heat and Sun burn) and general composition, method for preparation, packing and evaluation of the skin Cosmetics and cosmeceuticals. Herbal cosmetics for skin.

    Types of soaps, syndet bars, general composition, method for preparation, packing and evaluation of soaps.

    Introduction to Perfumes and toiletries.

  3. Unit III

    6 Hours

    Common Hair problems, Hair Cosmetics and cosmeceuticals: Types of shampoos, general composition, method for preparation, packing and evaluation of shampoos.

    Introduction to hair oils, hair serums, conditioners, hair colors, Depilatory and shaving products. Herbal hair care products.

  4. Unit IV

    6 Hours

    Various problems of oral cavity, Oral Cosmetics, and cosmeceuticals: general composition, method for preparation, packing and evaluation of mouth wash and toothpaste. Herbal oral care cosmetics.

    Types of Cosmetics for nails, eyes, body odor, lip care and cleansing.

    Intimate hygiene products for males and females.

  5. Unit V

    6 Hours

    Role of Regulatory authorities for Cosmetics and cosmeceuticals (CDSCO and FDA). Cosmetics regulations 2020 and role of BIS.

    Role of certifying bodies like ECCERT and COSMOS in herbal cosmetics. Labeling requirement of cosmetics and Packaging of cosmetics.

    Testing as per BIS specification and analytical methods (including sensory test, sensitivity test).

Suggested Readings

  • Baki, G. and Alexander, K. S. Introduction to Cosmetic Formulation and Technology. Wiley.
  • Barel, A. O., Paye, M. and Maibach, H. I. Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology. CRC Press.
  • Benson, H. A. E. and Watkinson, A. C. Cosmetic Formulation: Principles and Practice. CRC Press.
  • Chisvert, A. and Salvador, A. Cosmetic Formulation of Skin, Hair and Nails. Wiley.
  • Dweck, A. C. and Santos, P. F. Formulating Natural Cosmetics. Allured Publishing.
  • Matsumoto, M. Cosmetic Science and Technology. Elsevier.
  • Rosen, M. R. Harry’s Cosmeticology. Chemical Publishing.
BP703TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

AI in Clinical applications

Course Objectives

  • Introduce AI applications in pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and drug safety.
  • Enable students to apply supervised ML models to clinical and pharmacovigilance datasets.
  • Develop interpretation skills for predictive modeling in healthcare.
  • Build understanding of real-world healthcare data analytics.
  • Promote responsible and ethical AI usage in patient care.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: AI in Pharmacokinetics & Dose Optimization

    6 Hours

    Review of pharmacokinetic parameters (Cmax, Tmax, AUC, clearance)

    Modeling concentration-time relationships: Linear regression in PK data modeling, multiple regression for dose adjustment based on patient variables (age, weight, renal function)

    Interpretation of regression coefficients in clinical context

    Error metrics (RMSE, R²) in PK modeling

    Limitations of linear modeling in nonlinear pharmacokinetics

  2. Unit II: AI in Drug Safety & Pharmacovigilance

    6 Hours

    Overview of pharmacovigilance systems

    Structure and data formats from real systems (e.g. FAERS, EudraVigilance)

    Conceptual overview of frequency analysis and signal detection

    Logistic regression for ADR risk prediction

    Confusion matrix and clinical performance metrics

    Sensitivity, specificity, precision, recall

    Bias and confounding in observational datasets

  3. Unit III: AI in Personalized Medicine & Risk Stratification

    6 Hours

    Concept of precision medicine

    Patient covariates and therapeutic response

    Logistic regression for disease risk prediction

    Classification of responders vs non-responders

    Evaluation metrics in healthcare prediction

    Ethical implications of predictive modeling

  4. Unit IV: AI in Clinical Decision Support & Real-World Data

    6 Hours

    Structure of Electronic Health Records (EHR)

    AI in Clinical Decision Support Systems (CDSS)

    Regression models for outcome prediction

    Classification models for risk scoring

    Real-world data analytics

    Limitations of AI in clinical environments

    Accountability and interpretabilit

  5. Unit V: Guided Supervised Learning Project – Pharmaceutical and Clinical Applications

    6 Hours

    Students will undertake a guided supervised learning project (individually or in groups) applying regression or classification models to pharmaceutical or clinical datasets.

    The project should include the following steps:

    Identification and definition of a relevant pharmaceutical or clinical problem

    Selection of an appropriate publicly available dataset

    Identification of predictor variables and outcome variables

    Data preprocessing and preparation for analysis

    Application of suitable supervised learning methods (e.g., linear regression or logistic regression)

    Evaluation of model performance using appropriate metrics

    Interpretation of results in the context of pharmaceutical or clinical relevance

    Discussion of limitations, potential biases, and ethical considerations

    Presentation of findings to faculty mentors or peers.

    Suggested project topics (not limited to): Dissolution rate prediction, tablet hardness prediction, stability degradation modelling, quality control batch failure prediction, assay variability modelling, impurity prediction, moisture impact on formulation stability, coating thickness prediction, solubility enhancement modelling, tablet defect classification, adverse drug reaction (ADR) prediction, therapeutic response prediction using patient datasets, hospital readmission risk prediction, dose requirement prediction using pharmacokinetic data, diabetes risk prediction from health markers, antibiotic treatment success prediction, ICU stay duration prediction, medication adherence analysis, and disease severity classification.

Suggested Readings

  • Aggarwal, C. C. and Reddy, C. K. Healthcare Data Analytics. CRC Press.
  • Bonate, P. L. Pharmacokinetic–Pharmacodynamic Modeling and Simulation. Springer.
  • Campbell, M. J., Machin, D. and Walters, S. J. Medical Statistics: A Textbook for the Health Sciences. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Schmidt, S. and Derendorf, H. Applied Pharmacometrics. Springer.
  • Steyerberg, E. W. Clinical Prediction Models: A Practical Approach to Development, Validation, and Updating. Springer.
  • Strom, B. L., Kimmel, S. E. and Hennessy, S. Pharmacoepidemiology. Wiley-Blackwell.
BP704TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Modern Analytical Techniques

Course Objectives

  • Introduce advanced instrumental techniques used in pharmaceutical analysis,.
  • Provide conceptual understanding of modern separation and hyphenated analytical techniques.
  • Familiarize students with principles and applications of green analytical chemistry and sustainable analytical method development.
  • Explain the fundamentals of bioanalytical methods and immunoassays.
  • Introduce microscopy-based analytical techniques and highlight their role in structural characterization and pharmaceutical research.

Course Content

  1. Unit I

    10 Hours

    Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Principles of ¹H-NMR and ¹³C-NMR, various solvents used, chemical shift, factors affecting chemical shift, coupling constant, spin–spin coupling, relaxation, instrumentation of FT-NMR and its applications.

    Mass Spectrometry: Principles, fragmentation and its rules, ionization techniques – Electron impact, chemical ionization, MALDI, FAB, API, analyzers – Time of flight and quadrupole, ion trap, detectors and applications.

  2. Unit II

    8 Hours

    X-Ray Diffraction Methods: Origin of X-Rays, basic aspects of crystals, X-Ray crystallography, rotating crystal technique, single crystal diffraction, powder diffraction, structural elucidation and applications.

    Thermal Analysis: Introduction, instrumentation, factors affecting measurements, applications of TGA, DSC (types) and DTA.

  3. Unit III

    10 Hours

    UPLC and Nano LC: Principle, advantages over LC and applications.

    Principle and applications of hyphenated techniques: GC-MS, LC-MS/MS, ICP-MS.

    Supercritical chromatography and flash chromatography: principles and applications.

  4. Unit IV

    12 Hours

    Green Analytical Chemistry: Types of green solvents, various computational tools used to assess the greenness and its applications in sample preparation and analytical method development.

    Bio-analytical Methods: Introduction to bioanalytical method development, extraction of drugs and metabolites from biological fluids – SPE, LLE, PPE, BCS classification, PK-PD interaction, microsomal assays, MTT assay, BA & BE study protocol, biosimilars.

    Radio Immune Assays and ELISA: Importance, various components, principle, different methods, limitations and applications of radio immunoassay and ELISA.

  5. Unit V

    5 Hours

    Microscopy-Based Analytical Techniques: Principle, instrumentation, and applications of optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy.

Suggested Readings

  • Brown, M. E. Introduction to Thermal Analysis: Techniques and Applications. Springer.
  • Cullity, B. D. and Stock, S. R. Elements of X-Ray Diffraction. Prentice Hall.
  • Dong, M. W. Modern HPLC for Practicing Scientists. Wiley.
  • Friebolin, H. Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy. Wiley.
  • Niessen, W. M. A. Liquid Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry. CRC Press.
  • Poole, C. F. The Essence of Chromatography. Elsevier.
  • Silverstein, R. M., Webster, F. X., Kiemle, D. J. and Bryce, D. L. Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds. Wiley.
  • Skoog, D. A., Holler, F. J. and Crouch, S. R. Principles of Instrumental Analysis. Cengage Learning.
BP705TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmacovigilance

Course Objectives

  • Understand the principles, scope, and importance of pharmacovigilance in ensuring drug safety and patient care.
  • Familiarize students with the classification of adverse drug reactions and the methods used for their detection, assessment, monitoring, and prevention within healthcare systems.
  • Explain the concepts and significance of immunovigilance in monitoring and managing adverse events following immunization.
  • Learn national and international regulatory frameworks, guidelines, and reporting systems related to pharmacovigilance and immunovigilance.
  • Analyze pharmacovigilance data and apply risk management strategies to enhance medication and vaccine safety.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Fundamentals of Pharmacovigilance

    10 Hours

    Concept, history, and importance of pharmacovigilance

    Basic drug classification systems (introductory overview only):

    ATC classification, ICD

    ATC system

    ICD

    Drug-related problems and medication safety

    Drug safety considerations in special populations: Paediatrics; Geriatrics; Pregnancy and lactation

  2. Unit II: Pharmacovigilance Systems and Regulatory Framework

    10 Hours

    Objectives and functions of pharmacovigilance

    Methods of pharmacovigilance data collection: Spontaneous reporting; Cohort and case-control studies

    Global pharmacovigilance systems: WHO International Drug Monitoring Programme; Role of CIOMS and major regulatory agencies (e.g., USFDA, EMA)

    Pharmacovigilance Programme of India (PvPI)

    Establishment and role of ADR Monitoring Centres

  3. Unit III: Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs)

    8 Hours

    Classification and types of ADRs

    Mechanisms and risk factors for ADRs

    Methods of ADR monitoring, detection, and reporting

    Assessment of causality, severity, predictability, and preventability of ADRs

    Management of ADRs

    Online reporting mechanisms and databases (WHO-ART, VigiBase, Vigiflow, Oracle Argus, OpenVigil software).

    MEDRA

  4. Unit IV: Immunovigilance and Other Disciplines of Pharmacovigilance

    7 Hours

    Definition, scope, and significance of immunovigilance, cosmetovigilance, nutraceutical-vigilance, materiovigilance, herbovigilance, ecopharmacovigilance, and hemovigilance

    Vaccination failure and vaccine pharmacovigilance (vaccinovigilance)

    Overview of adverse events following immunization (AEFIs)

    Immunization safety monitoring systems in India

  5. Unit V: Risk Communication, Evaluation, Management, and ICH Guidelines

    10 Hours

    Risk evaluation and management strategies in pharmacovigilance and immunovigilance

    Communication in drug safety crisis management

    Communication with regulatory agencies, business partners, and healthcare facilities

    Analysis of real-world case studies and lessons learnt

    Emerging trends and challenges in pharmacovigilance and immunovigilance

    Overview of safety data generation

    Objectives of ICH guidelines

    Expedited and aggregate reporting

    Individual Case Safety Reports (ICSRs)

    Periodic Safety Update Reports (PSURs)

    Post-approval expedited reporting

    Good Clinical Practices (GCPs) regulation 2019

    Application of pharmacogenomics and pharmacometrics in pharmacovigilance.

Suggested Readings

  • Andrews, E. B. and Moore, N. Mann’s Pharmacovigilance. Wiley Blackwell.
  • Cobert, B. Cobert’s Manual of Drug Safety and Pharmacovigilance. World Scientific Publishing.
  • Jose, J., Cox, A. R. and Paudyal, V. Principles and Practice of Pharmacovigilance and Drug Safety. Springer.
  • Strom, B. L., Kimmel, S. E. and Hennessy, S. Textbook of Pharmacoepidemiology. Wiley.
  • Talbot, J. and Waller, P. Stephens’ Detection of New Adverse Drug Reactions. Wiley.
  • Waller, P. and Harrison-Woolrych, M. An Introduction to Pharmacovigilance. Wiley Blackwell.
BP706TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Pharmacy Practice

Course Objectives

  • Understand the evolution, scope, and various roles of pharmacists in healthcare delivery systems.
  • Describe the structure and functions of hospital and community pharmacy, including drug distribution systems and regulatory standards.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of clinical pharmacy services and their application in drug therapy monitoring and patient care.
  • Develop skills in patient counseling, medication adherence strategies, and basic health screening services.
  • Apply prescribing guidelines, essential drug concepts, and principles of rational drug use to ensure safe and effective pharmacotherapy.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Pharmacy Practice

    8 Hours

    Definition, scope and evolution of:

    Hospital and clinical pharmacy

    Pharmacist's role from dispenser to healthcare provider

    WHO and FIP guidelines on pharmacy practice

    Pharmacy practice regulations in India

    Role of pharmacy in public health and policymaking

    Promoting rational use of medicines

    Concepts of Good Pharmacy Practice

    Pharmacy practice settings: inpatient, outpatient

    Concept of healthcare delivery system and interprofessional collaboration

    Primary (PHC), Secondary (CHC), Tertiary (District Hospitals, Medical Colleges) – role of pharmacists at various levels of care.

  2. Unit II: Hospital and Community Pharmacy

    10 Hours

    Hospital and its Organization: Classification of hospitals, organizational structure of a hospital, healthcare staff involved in hospital services and their functions

    Hospital Pharmacy and its Organization: Definition, organization structure, location, layout, and staff requirements, responsibilities and functions of hospital pharmacists

    Pharmacy and Therapeutic Committee: Organization, functions, and policies, drug inclusion into formulary, inpatient and outpatient prescriptions, automatic stop order, emergency drug list preparation

    Hospital Formulary: Definition of hospital formulary, contents of hospital formulary, differentiation between hospital formulary and drug list, preparation and revision of hospital formulary

    Drug Distribution System in a Hospital: Drug procurement and inventory control, dispensing of drugs to inpatients, types of drug distribution systems, charging policy and labeling, dispensing of drugs to ambulatory patients, dispensing of controlled drugs, outpatient medication dispensing, NABH standards for medication management in hospital settings

    Community Pharmacy: Organization and structure of retail and wholesale drug stores, types and design of a drug store, legal requirements for establishment and maintenance of a drug store, dispensing of proprietary products, maintenance of records of retail and wholesale drug stores, prescription handling, labelling, and patient counselling, introduction, definition, sale, and OTC medication list, vaccination services

  3. Unit III: Clinical Pharmacy Services

    9 Hours

    Introduction to clinical pharmacy and its concept

    Drug therapy monitoring: Medication chart review; Clinical review; Pharmacist intervention; Ward round participation; Medication history; Pharmaceutical care

    Drug information services

    Drug/Medication related problems

    Drug and poison information services

    Therapeutic drug monitoring (TDM)

  4. Unit IV: Patient-Oriented Services

    9 Hours

    Medication Adherence and Non-Adherence: Definition; Factors influencing non-adherence; Pharmacist’s role in medication adherence; Monitoring of patient medication adherence; Tools used to assess medication adherence; Strategies to overcome non-adherence

    Patient Counselling Techniques and Communication Skills: Definition of patient counselling; Steps involved in patient counselling; Communication skills – communication with prescribers and patients; Types of educational materials used in patient counselling; Barriers to effective counselling – types and strategies to overcome barriers

    Health Screening Services: Definition and importance; Methods for screening: Blood pressure, Blood sugar, Body Mass Index, Lung function test; Role of pharmacist in health screening services

    Telemedicine

  5. Unit V: Prescribing Guidelines, Essential Drug Concept and Rational Drug Therapy

    9 Hours

    Prescribing Guidelines: Pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnant and lactating women; ISMP guidelines for high risk medicines

    Essential Drug Concept: WHO definition; Core principles and key features; Procedure involved in adding a drug into the essential drug list

    Rational Use of Medications: Antibiotics; Antibiotic stewardship program; Injections; OTC drugs

    Consequences of irrational drug use.

    Dose calculations in chemotherapy, renal and hepatic failure patients.

Suggested Readings

  • Hassan, W. E. Hospital Pharmacy. Lea & Febiger.
  • Harman, R. J. Handbook of Pharmacy – Health Care. Pharmaceutical Press.
  • Merchant, S. H. and Qadry, J. S. A Textbook of Hospital Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Parmar, N. S. Health Education and Community Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Parthasarathi, G., Hansen, K. N. and Nahata, M. C. A Textbook of Clinical Pharmacy Practice. Universities Press.
  • Shargel, L. Comprehensive Pharmacy Review. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
BP707TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Regulatory Affairs

Course Objectives

  • Understand the drug discovery and development process.
  • Identify key regulatory authorities and their roles in drug regulation.
  • Describe the regulatory approval processes in India and international markets.
  • Understand the documentation and registration procedures for drug products.
  • Describe the laws and guidelines governing the pharmaceutical industry.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Fundamentals of Regulatory Affairs

    6 Hours

    Introduction to Drug Regulatory Affairs, Overview of regulatory authorities in India and major international markets (US FDA, EMA, PMDA), Role and responsibilities of Regulatory Affairs Professionals, Organizational structure of regulatory bodies.

    Basic regulatory terminologies: Guidance, Guidelines, Regulations, Laws, Acts.

    Regulatory reference resources: Orange Book, Purple Book, Federal Register, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).

  2. Unit II: Regulatory Requirements in Drug Development

    6 Hours

    Drug discovery and development process, Drug development teams and their functions.

    Non-clinical drug development: Pharmacology, Drug metabolism, Toxicology.

    Regulatory documentation: Investigational New Drug (IND) application, Investigator’s Brochure (IB), Clinical research protocols, Biostatistics in pharmaceutical product development, Bioequivalence (BE) studies, Data presentation for regulatory submissions.

  3. Unit III: Indian Regulatory Framework and Approval Process

    6 Hours

    Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO) and State Licensing Authorities: Organization and responsibilities, Regulatory requirements for import, manufacture, and sale of pharmaceuticals in India, Certificate of Pharmaceutical Product (COPP), Regulatory approval procedure for new drugs in India, Clinical trial regulatory requirements in India, phytopharmaceutical regulations, Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guidelines and Schedule Y, Innovator and generic drugs, Generic drug product development

    Phytopharmaceutical regulation by AYUSH and CDSCO.

  4. Unit IV: International Regulatory Systems & Global Drug Registration

    6 Hours

    Types of regulatory applications: Investigational New Drug (IND), New Drug Application (NDA), Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA)

    Drug Master Files (DMF), Common Technical Document (CTD), electronic CTD (eCTD), ASEAN CTD (ACTD),

    Registration procedure for Indian drug products in overseas markets, Post-approval changes to NDA and ANDA.

  5. Unit V: Clinical Trials, Ethics, and Post-Marketing Surveillance

    6 Hours

    Clinical research phases (I-IV), Clinical trial documents, Institutional Review Board (IRB) and Independent Ethics Committee (IEC): Formation and functions

    Informed consent process and documentation, Good Clinical Practice (GCP) obligations of investigators, sponsors, and monitors, Management and monitoring of clinical trials, Pharmacovigilance: Safety monitoring during clinical trials and post-marketing,

Suggested Readings

  • Berry, I. R. and Martin, R. P. The Pharmaceutical Regulatory Process. Informa Healthcare.
  • Gallin, J. I. and Ognibene, F. P. Principles and Practice of Clinical Research. Academic Press.
  • Guarino, R. A. New Drug Approval Process: Accelerating Global Registrations. CRC Press.
  • Ng, R. Drugs: From Discovery to Approval. Wiley.
  • Pisano, D. J. and Mantus, D. S. Textbook of FDA Regulatory Affairs. Informa Healthcare.
  • Weinberg, S. Guidebook for Drug Regulatory Submissions. Wiley.

AEC – Elective 6 (opt for any one)

BP708T AEC1Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP)

Course Objectives

  • Explain the structure, purpose, and implementation of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) in pharmaceutical operations.
  • Develop understanding of training and development systems, including training needs assessment and evaluation methods used in the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Describe the principles of current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) and key regulatory guidelines relevant to pharmaceutical quality assurance.
  • Examine core pharmaceutical quality systems such as Quality Management Systems (QMS), CAPA, deviation management, and non-conformance handling.
  • Understand procedures for managing customer complaints, investigating quality issues, and ensuring product safety and regulatory compliance.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Standard Operating Procedures (SOP), Systems for Training & Development in Pharmaceuticals

    3 Hours

    Introduction to SOPs, SOP on SOP, Contents of a standard SOP, Writing a good SOP, Distribution and control of SOPs.

    Introduction to Training and development, Training needs identification, Training and evaluation.

  2. Unit II: A comprehensive review of cGMP and various important FDA guidelines

    3 Hours

    List of major guidelines referred in pharmaceuticals

    Effectively reading and understanding the guidelines

  3. Unit III: Important Quality Assurance and cGMP systems adopted in Pharmaceuticals

    3 Hours

    Introduction to Quality Management Systems (QMS), Manufacturing Assurance, Analytical Assurance, Developments Quality Assurance, Engineering Assurance.

    Concepts of corrective and preventive actions (CAPA), Deviations and Incidents handling.

    Handling of non-conforming materials

  4. Unit IV: Handling of Customer Complaints

    3 Hours

    Introduction to complaints, Types of complaints

    Understanding Manufacturing defects and Quality issues

    Handling and investigation of customer complaints

  5. Unit V: Regulatory Audits

    3 Hours

    Introduction to audits and Types of audits.

    Preparation for a successful audit, Audit teams and internal audits.

    Handling of FDA inspections: FDA observations, Compliance and replying to an audit report.

Suggested Readings

  • Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals – Joseph D. Nally, CRC Press
  • Quality Assurance of Pharmaceuticals: A Compendium of Guidelines and Related Materials (Vol. 1 & 2) – World Health Organization (WHO), WHO Press
  • Guidance for Industry: Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical CGMP Regulations – U.S. FDA, CDER/CDRH Guidance Document
  • Pharmaceutical Production and Packaging Technologies – Michael J. Groves, CRC Press
  • Pharmaceutical Quality by Design: A Practical Approach – Walkiria S. Schlindwein & Mark Gibson, Wiley
  • Government of India, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (2023) Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945: Amendment introducing revised Schedule M – Good Manufacturing Practices. Gazette of India, Notification G.S.R. 922(E), 28 December.
BP708T AEC2Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Automation

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of automation technologies used in the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Explain the application of automated systems in pharmaceutical manufacturing, quality control, and packaging operations.
  • Describe the principles of process instrumentation, SCADA, PLC, and robotics in pharmaceutical production environments.
  • Develop understanding of laboratory automation systems including LIMS and Process Analytical Technology (PAT).
  • Examine regulatory considerations and emerging trends in pharmaceutical automation and digital manufacturing.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Automation in Pharmaceuticals

    3 Hours

    Definition and scope of automation in pharmaceutical industry

    Importance and benefits: accuracy, efficiency, cost-effectiveness, compliance

    Types of automation: fixed, programmable, flexible

    Application areas: production, packaging, quality control, warehousing

    Challenges and limitations of automation

  2. Unit II: Automated Manufacturing Systems

    3 Hours

    Principles of automated tablet compression, capsule filling, liquid filling, and coating machines

    PLC-based machinery in granulation and drying

    Robotics in sterile product manufacturing (isolators, RABS)

    Continuous manufacturing vs. batch processing

    Automation in aseptic processing and lyophilization

  3. Unit III: Process Control and Instrumentation

    3 Hours

    Sensors and transducers: temperature, pressure, flow, pH, conductivity

    Introduction to SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) systems

    Distributed Control Systems (DCS) in pharma

    Process Analytical Technology (PAT) – definition and applications

    Basics of automation programming (ladder diagrams, logic gates – overview only)

  4. Unit IV: Quality Control and Laboratory Automation

    3 Hours

    Automation in analytical laboratories: HPLC, UV, FTIR, dissolution testers

    Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS)

    Integration of instruments with software and data loggers

    Automated sampling and testing methods

    Role of AI/ML in predictive quality assurance

  5. Unit V: Regulatory Aspects and Emerging Trends

    3 Hours

    Regulatory expectations: USFDA, WHO, EMA on automation & electronic systems

    21 CFR Part 11 – electronic records and signatures

    Data integrity and ALCOA

    Emerging trends: IoT, Industry 4.0, cloud-based manufacturing, AI in pharma

    Case studies: automated systems in top pharma companies

Suggested Readings

  • Automation and Control in the Pharmaceutical Industry by Burton H. Sage, CRC Press
  • Pharmaceutical Engineering by K. Sambamurthy, New Age International Publishers
  • Process Automation Handbook by Jonathan Love, Springer-Verlag London Ltd.
  • Industrial Automation and Robotics by Mikell P. Groover, Pearson Education
  • Instrumentation and Process Control by Terry L.M. Bartelt, Cengage Learning
  • Good Automated Manufacturing Practice (GAMP 5 Guide) by ISPE (International Society for Pharmaceutical Engineering), ISPE Publications
  • Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Handbook: Production and Processes by Shayne Cox Gad, Wiley-Interscience
BP708T AEC3Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Modern Techniques in Cellular Biology

Course Objectives

  • Learn the basics of five key cell-biology tools: CRISPR editing, flow cytometry, live-cell imaging, single-cell RNA-seq, and advanced fluorescence microscopy.
  • Plan good experiments by picking the right reagents, controls, and settings for each technique.
  • Get hands-on practice using at least one workflow from every unit.
  • Read and understand the data these methods produce—plots, images, and gene-expression maps.
  • Apply the methods responsibly by considering safety, ethics, and real-world biomedical uses.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: CRISPR & Genome Editing

    3 Hours

    CRISPR-Cas9 mechanics, guide-RNA design and DNA repair outcomes, contrasts knock-outs, knock-ins and base-editing, and shows how dCas9 fusions enable gene activation or repression. Students compare delivery routes—plasmid, ribonucleoprotein, viral and lipid-nanoparticle—then evaluate off-target detection strategies before a mini-lab in which they design a gRNA and screen predicted off-targets.

  2. Unit II: Flow Cytometry & Cell Sorting

    3 Hours

    Learners review flow-cytometer fluidics, optics and fluorochrome chemistry, interpret forward/side scatter plots for cell size and granularity, and build multi-colour antibody panels with compensation. They perform cell-cycle, apoptosis and immunophenotyping assays, study FACS sorting logic and viability checks, and finish with a hands-on run of a four-colour immunophenotyping panel.

  3. Unit III: Live-Cell Imaging

    3 Hours

    This unit covers phase-contrast, DIC and fluorescence time-lapse microscopy, stressing environmental control through on-stage incubators and microfluidic perfusion. Students deploy fluorescent reporters such as GFP fusions and calcium biosensors to track motility, division and signalling, learn to minimise phototoxicity and manage large image datasets, then conduct a 12-hour GFP-cell time-lapse demo.

  4. Unit IV: Single-Cell RNA-Seq & Multi-Omics

    3 Hours

    Participants examine single-cell isolation by droplets, microwells or FACS, walk through barcoding, library preparation and sequencing, and run a basic bioinformatics pipeline for quality control, normalisation, clustering and UMAP/t-SNE visualisation. They identify cell types, trajectories and rare populations, glimpse CITE-seq and spatial transcriptomics, and explore a public scRNA-seq dataset in R/Python during a workshop.

  5. Unit V: Advanced Fluorescence & Super-Resolution Microscopy

    3 Hours

    Confocal and two-photon fundamentals, followed by super-resolution strategies—STED, SIM and PALM/STORM—plus functional techniques such as FRET, FRAP and FLIM for probing protein interactions and dynamics. Learners plan multiplexed staining with spectral imaging, discuss clinical applications including FISH and diagnostic immunofluorescence, and acquire and process a confocal z-stack in a practical sessions.

Suggested Readings

  • Brown TA. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis: An Introduction. 8th ed. Hoboken: Wiley-Blackwell; 2023.
  • Ormerod MG. Flow Cytometry: A Practical Approach. 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2014.
  • Goldman RD, Swedlow JR, editors. Live Cell Imaging: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd ed. Cold Spring Harbor: CSHL Press; 2010.
  • Tang F, Van Oudenaarden A, editors. Single-Cell RNA Sequencing: Methods and Protocols. 2nd ed. New York: Humana Press; 2021.
BP708T AEC4Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Medical Devices

Course Objectives

  • Understand the Evolution and Regulatory Landscape: Gain insights into the history, market trends, and regulatory frameworks governing medical devices in India and globally.
  • Master Design and Biocompatibility Principles: Learn the principles of medical device design, selection of materials, and the importance of biocompatibility in device development.
  • Implement Quality Systems in Manufacturing: Understand the application of Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP), quality assurance, and risk management in medical device production.
  • Navigate Regulatory Affairs for Global Market Access: Acquire knowledge of regulatory requirements and strategies for medical device approval and post-market surveillance in various regions.
  • Explore Emerging Technologies in Biomedical Engineering: Investigate the integration of electronics, sensors, and software in medical devices, and address ethical considerations in their development and use.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Medical Devices

    3 Hours

    History and Overview of Medical Device Industry and evolving market Trends (India + WW)

    GOI’s initiatives and National Medical Device Policy.

    Regulatory frameworks (CDSCO; State FDA; USFDA; EU-CE, etc.)

    Medical device design and development process

    Definition and Classification of Medical Devices (India; US; EU)

  2. Unit II: Medical Device Design, Biomaterials and Biocompatibility

    3 Hours

    Medical Device Design principles and methodologies, safety analysis

    Properties and selection of materials & biomaterials for devices

    Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine

    Biocompatibility Testing and Standards (ISO 10993)

  3. Unit III: Manufacturing and Quality Systems: (based on ISO 13485 Fifth Sch of IMDR 2017)

    3 Hours

    Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) & Infrastructure requirements

    Quality assurance and quality control in Medical Devices

    Supply chain management (warehousing distribution)

    Risk Management (ISO 14971)

  4. Unit IV: Regulatory Affairs, Regulatory strategies for global market access

    3 Hours

    Medical device regulations and standards (IMDR 2017)

    Understanding Regional Differences in Regulatory Pathways

    Regulatory submissions and approvals (India)

    Post-market surveillance and vigilance (India)

    Global Regulatory Requirements (USFDA, CE Mark, etc.)

    Case Studies of Global Regulatory Challenges

  5. Unit V: Biomedical Engineering; Instrumentation: Emerging Technologies

    3 Hours

    Principles of biomedical sensors and transducers

    Medical imaging techniques (X-ray, CT, MRI, ultrasound)

    Telemedicine and remote monitoring

    Integration of Electronics and Software in Medical Devices

    Wearable Devices and Remote Monitoring

    Ethical issues in device development and use

Suggested Readings

  • Ramakrishna, S., Mayer, J., Wintermantel, E., Leong, K. W. Biomedical Materials and Devices. Springer, Singapore.
  • Enderle, J. D., Bronzino, J. D., Blanchard, S. M. Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Academic Press (Elsevier).
  • Bronzino, J. D., Peterson, D. R. (Eds.) The Biomedical Engineering Handbook. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis.
  • Ratner, B. D., Hoffman, A. S., Schoen, F. J., Lemons, J. E. Biomaterials Science: An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. Academic Press (Elsevier).
  • Walsh, S. T. Medical Device Technologies: A Systems Based Overview Using Engineering Standards. Academic Press (Elsevier).
  • FDA / CDSCO. Medical Device Regulations and Regulatory Affairs. Government Publications (USFDA / Government of India).
  • Sharma, S. K. Medical Device Design and Development. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Bhat, S., Kotian, S. Biomedical Instrumentation. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
  • Webster, J. G. (Ed.) Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design. Wiley India.
  • ISO / BIS. Quality Management Systems for Medical Devices (ISO 13485 & ISO 14971). International Organization for Standardization.
  • Fitzpatrick, R., et al. Ethics and Regulation of Medical Devices. Oxford University Press.
  • Panchal, H., Patel, D. Regulatory Affairs for Medical Devices. PharmaMed Press.
BP708T AEC5Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Transformation of Food Waste into Medicinal Products

Course Objectives

  • Explain the sources, environmental impacts, and regulatory aspects of food waste.
  • Describe sustainable principles and technologies used in food waste management.
  • Explore methods for converting food waste into value-added products.
  • Discuss the recovery of bioactive compounds from food waste and their potential applications.
  • Introduce the use of artificial intelligence and digital technologies in food waste management and resource optimization.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Food Waste

    3 Hours

    Food waste: Definition, Types, Sources, Causes, Problems, Impacts Advantages, Challenges, Solutions and Future directions

    Indian and International regulations for food waste management

  2. Unit II: Sustainable Management of Food Waste

    4 Hours

    Principles of Food waste Management

    Technologies and Processes: Thermo-chemical Processes, Biological Processes, Green extraction, Pyrolytic and Enzymatic techniques

  3. Unit III: Byproducts from Food Waste

    3 Hours

    Production of Biohydrogen, Biogas, Organic acids, Vermicompost, and Biopolymers

  4. Unit IV: Bioactive Compounds from Food Waste

    3 Hours

    Antimicrobial, Antioxidants, Anti-inflammatory agents, Antibiotics, Prebiotics, Nutritional Supplements, Cosmetics and Biopolymers

    3D printed medicines: Customized dosages and Scaffolds

  5. Unit V: Role of AI in Food waste management

    2 Hours

    Machine learning, Internet of Things (IoT) and Blockchain

Suggested Readings

  • Ranjna Sirohi et al., 2025. Sustainable Technologies for Food Waste Management. Taylor and Francis Group.
  • Monika Thakur et al., 2020. Sustainable Food Waste Mangement: Concepts and Innovations. Ist ed., Springer.
  • Arvanitoyannis, 2013. Waste management for food industries. Food Science and Technology International series.
BP708T AEC6Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Bio-similars, Vaccines and Macromolecule Sciences

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of biological macromolecules, biosimilars, and modern vaccine technologies used in pharmaceutical biotechnology.
  • Explain the physicochemical and functional characterization methods used for the analysis and comparability assessment of biologics and biosimilars.
  • Develop understanding of upstream and downstream manufacturing processes involved in the production of biopharmaceuticals and vaccines.
  • Describe quality control, stability testing, and immunogenicity assessment procedures applied to biologics and vaccine products.
  • Familiarize students with regulatory frameworks and approval pathways governing biosimilars and vaccines in India and global markets.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Biosimilars, Vaccines and Macromolecules

    3 Hours

    Classes: Monoclonal antibodies (mAbs), cytokines, insulin, growth factors; primary/secondary/tertiary structures.

    Biosimilars: Definition, rationale, types (e.g., erythropoietin, filgrastim).

    Vaccines: Generations (live, subunit, viral vector, mRNA); adjuvants and delivery systems.

    Industry landscape: Blockbuster biologics (Humira, Keytruda), Indian biosimilar market.

  2. Unit II: Characterization Methodologies

    3 Hours

    Physicochemical: SDS-PAGE, SEC-HPLC, peptide mapping, mass spectrometry.

    Glycosylation analysis: N-linked glycans (HILIC, lectin arrays).

    Functional assays: Cell-based potency, binding ELISA, ADCC.

    Comparability for biosimilars: Fingerprinting (ICH Q5E).

  3. Unit III: Manufacturing Protocols

    3 Hours

    Upstream: Cell line development (CHO, HEK), bioreactors, media optimization.

    Downstream: Harvesting, chromatography (affinity, ion-exchange), viral clearance.

    Fill-finish: Lyophilization, aseptic processing, cold chain.

    Process analytical technology (PAT) in biologics.

  4. Unit IV: Quality Control and Stability Protocols

    3 Hours

    Release testing: Host cell proteins (HCP), DNA, sterility, endotoxin (LAL).

    Stability: ICH Q5C for biologics; subvisible particles, aggregation.

    Immunogenicity assessment: ADA assays, neutralizing antibodies.

    Vaccine QC: Potency, identity, safety (animal models).

  5. Unit V: Regulatory Compliances and Case Studies

    3 Hours

    Global: USFDA 351(k) biosimilar pathway, EMA guidelines, WHO prequalification.

    India: CDSCO Biosimilar Guidelines 2021, DCGI vaccine approvals.

    Documentation: BLA/CMC modules, PK/PD comparability studies.

    Case studies: COVID-19 mRNA vaccines (Pfizer), Indian trastuzumab biosimilars.

Suggested Readings

  • Genomic and Precision Medicine by Geoffrey S. Ginsburg & Huntington F. Willard
  • Genomics and Personalized Medicine by Michael Snyder
  • Deep Medicine by Eric Topol
BP708T AEC7Theory · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+301 Hrs/week · 15 Hrs

Precision Medicine

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts, scope, and evolution of precision medicine and its relevance to modern pharmacy practice.
  • Provide an understanding of pharmacogenomics and the role of genetic variability in drug response, safety, and efficacy.
  • Explain the importance of biomarkers, targeted therapies, and companion diagnostics in personalized treatment strategies.
  • Introduce the emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence, big data analytics, and electronic health records in precision medicine.
  • Develop awareness of regulatory frameworks, ethical considerations, and clinical implementation challenges associated with genomic-based therapies.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Precision Medicine and Its Relevance to Pharmacy

    3 Hours

    Definition and scope of precision medicine

    Evolution from “one-size-fits-all” to personalized approaches

    Key components: genomics, epigenetics, environmental factors, lifestyle

    Role of pharmacists in precision medicine

    Interdisciplinary nature (clinicians, bioinformaticians, pharmacologists)

  2. Unit II: Pharmacogenomics in Drug Response and Safety

    3 Hours

    Basic human genetics relevant to pharmacy

    Genotype-phenotype relationships

    Genetic polymorphisms: CYP450 enzymes (CYP2D6, CYP2C9, etc.)

    FDA drug labelling and pharmacogenomic biomarkers

    Tools/databases: AlphaGenome, PharmGKB, CPIC, SNPedia

  3. Unit III: Biomarkers, Targeted Therapy, and Companion Diagnostics

    4 Hours

    Types of biomarkers: predictive, prognostic, diagnostic

    Role of biomarkers in targeted therapy

    Companion diagnostics: regulatory approval and clinical application

    Case study: Trastuzumab and HER2 testing in breast cancer

    Lab-on-chip and biosensor technologies

    Targeted nano-delivery in oncology

    Antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs)

    Smart delivery systems (stimuli-responsive biosensors)

  4. Unit IV: Technology, AI, and Big Data in Precision Medicine

    2 Hours

    Role of AI, machine learning, and data analytics in precision medicine

    Electronic Health Records (EHRs), clinical decision support systems

    Integration of genomic data with patient profiles

    Examples of AI-driven drug discovery

    Data security and interoperability

  5. Unit V: Regulatory, Ethical, and Clinical Implementation

    3 Hours

    Regulatory guidelines (US FDA, EMA, CDSCO) for genomic-based therapies

    Clinical trial design for precision drugs

    Cost-effectiveness and access in low-resource settings

    Ethical issues: genetic testing, informed consent, data ownership

    Future of pharmacy practice in the precision medicine era

Suggested Readings

  • Genomic and Precision Medicine (3rd Edition) by Geoffrey S. Ginsburg & Huntington F. Willard
  • Genomics and Personalized Medicine by Michael Snyder
  • Deep Medicine by Eric Topol
BP709PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+303 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Modern Analytical Techniques

Course Objectives

  • Provide practical training in interpretation of advanced instrumental data used for structural and physicochemical characterization.
  • Introduce quantitative analytical techniques using modern separation methods, such as UHPLC and HPLC, for the estimation of pharmaceutical substances.
  • Familiarize students with the principles and practice of green analytical chemistry, including preparation of green solvents and development of environmentally sustainable analytical methods.
  • Develop understanding of bioanalytical sample preparation techniques for pharmaceutical analysis in biological matrices, including solid phase extraction, liquid–liquid extraction, and protein precipitation.
  • Learn applied pharmaceutical analysis and methods including cell viability assays, residual solvent analysis, and estimation of drugs from biological fluids.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. List of Practicals: Minimum 12 experiments must be performed.
  2. Interpretation of Proton NMR spectra of known compound (any two)
  3. Interpretation of Carbon NMR spectra of known compound (any two)
  4. Interpretation of mass spectrum of known compound (any two)
  5. Interpretation of X-Ray diffraction spectrum (any one)
  6. Interpretation of DSC Thermogram (any one)
  7. Preparation and Evaluation of Green Analytical Solvents
  8. Analytical method development by using Green chemistry
  9. Quantification of pharmaceuticals in biological fluids using Solid Phase Extraction (SPE)
  10. Quantification of pharmaceuticals in biological matrix by PPE
  11. Quantification of pharmaceuticals in biological matrix by LLE
  12. Demonstration of Cell Viability evaluation using MTT Assay
  13. Demonstration on residual solvent analysis using GC
  14. Assay of drug using HPLC (any two)
  15. Analysis of drug from biological fluid using HPLC/ UV spectroscopy.

Suggested Readings

  • Beckett, A. H. and Stenlake, J. B. Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Brittain, H. G. Analytical Profiles of Drug Substances and Excipients. Elsevier.
  • Kemp, W. Organic Spectroscopy. Palgrave Macmillan.
  • Munson, J. W. Pharmaceutical Analysis: Modern Methods. Marcel Dekker.
  • Sharma, Y. R. Organic Spectroscopy. S. Chand.
  • Silverstein, R. M., Webster, F. X., Kiemle, D. J. and Bryce, D. L. Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds. Wiley.
  • Willard, H. H., Merritt, L. L., Dean, J. A. and Settle, F. A. Instrumental Methods of Analysis. Brooks/Cole.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.
BP710RPResearch Project · Core6 CreditsMarks: 150

Research Project

As per section 21 of the regulations, students undertake the project under the supervision of a teacher in groups of not more than three members and submit a typed, bound project report of no less than 25 pages in triplicate. The project is evaluated by internal and external examiners during the practical examinations on the dissertation book (60 marks) and dissertation presentation (90 marks). See page 46 of the PDF

B Pharm Semester VIII Syllabus

Semester VIII of the B Pharm carries 24 credits and 650 marks and covers Ethical Considerations and Translational Applications of AI in Pharmacy, Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics, Industrial Pharmacy and Facility Design, Pharmaceutical Management, Sterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System, Pharmaceutical Marketing Skills, Sterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System, Research Project, along with the optional papers listed below.

BP801TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Ethical Considerations and Translational Applications of AI in Pharmacy

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the lifecycle of artificial intelligence systems used in pharmaceutical and healthcare applications, including data management, model development, validation, and deployment.
  • Provide an understanding of model validation, auditing procedures, and documentation practices required for reliable and reproducible AI systems.
  • Familiarize students with regulatory, governance, and ethical frameworks guiding the implementation of AI in pharmaceutical and healthcare environments.
  • Explore applications of artificial intelligence in pharmacy automation, supply chain management, and public health data analytics.
  • Develop practical understanding of AI implementation in pharmaceutical and healthcare domains through case studies and guided project work.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: AI Lifecycle, Validation & Model Auditing

    6 Hours

    Overview of AI system lifecycle: data collection, preprocessing, modeling, validation, deployment, and monitoring

    Importance of data quality in healthcare datasets

    Training vs testing vs validation datasets

    Cross-validation (conceptual understanding)

    Model drift and performance degradation, data leakage in modeling

    Documentation practices: Documentation and reproducibility

    Basics of model auditing

  2. Unit II: Regulatory Framework & Explainable AI

    6 Hours

    Overview of AI in regulatory submissions

    Explainable AI (XAI) concept

    Transparency and interpretability

    Overview of regulatory guidance on AI (EU AI Act, FDA/ CDSCO frameworks)

    Accountability in automated decision systems

    Risk-based classification of AI systems

  3. Unit III: AI in in Pharmacy Automation & Supply Chain

    6 Hours

    Overview of AI in automated dispensing systems

    Inventory prediction models

    Case studies on regression-based demand forecasting, different forecasting methods

    Medication adherence monitoring systems

    AI in supply chain risk prediction

    Predictive analytics in pharmaceutical logistics

    Advantages, limitations, legal & privacy considerations of AI in pharmacy automation.

  4. Unit IV: AI in in Public Health & Real-World Data Analytics

    6 Hours

    Overview of real-world data sources (EHR, claims, surveillance systems)

    Conceptual knowledge of AI in outbreak prediction, Population-level risk modeling

    Regression models in epidemiology

    AI in vaccination forecasting

    Case studies: AI applications in epidemiological trend analysis (e.g. COVID-19 vaccination hesitancy, diabetes prevalence forecasting, antibiotic resistance trends etc.)

  5. Unit V: Guided Project - Translational AI in Pharmacy

    6 Hours

    Students implement a supervised ML model (regression, logistic regression, or others) using real-world pharmacy data from domains like formulation, pharmacokinetics (PK), ADR detection, quality control (QC), automation, or public health. They validate the model, analyze regulatory implications, identify ethical risks (e.g., bias, privacy), and present a structured AI implementation plan for peer/faculty review.

    Suggested topics (not exhaustive): ADR prediction system, stability forecasting, demand prediction, QC failure model, disease risk prediction, medication adherence

Suggested Readings

  • Germanakos, P. Human-Centered AI: An Illustrated Scientific Quest.
  • Matheny, M., et al. Artificial Intelligence in Health Care: The Hope, the Hype, the Promise, the Peril. National Academy of Medicine.
  • Mittal, M. and Bhushan, B. Generative AI in Healthcare: Concepts, Methodologies, Tools, and Applications.
  • Steyerberg, E. W. Clinical Prediction Models: A Practical Approach to Development, Validation, and Updating. Springer.
  • Steyerberg, E. W. Practical Predictive Analytics and Decisioning Systems for Medicine. Academic Pres
BP802TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics

Course Objectives

  • Explain the pathophysiology and clinical manifestations of selected disease conditions and their relevance to drug therapy.
  • Provide an understanding of the pharmacological and therapeutic approaches used in the management of these diseases.
  • Develop the ability to design individualized therapeutic plans based on diagnosis and patient characteristics.
  • Enable identification of patient-specific parameters required for initiating, monitoring, and modifying drug therapy.
  • Familiarize students with evidence-based therapeutic guidelines and non-pharmacological approaches in disease management.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Ischemic Heart Disease

    5 Hours

    Definition, etiopathogenesis, clinical manifestations, overview of management of the diseases associated with

    Hypertension, heart failure, myocardial infarction, hyperlipidaemia, arrhythmia

  2. Unit II: Respiratory System

    2 Hours

    Asthma, COPD

  3. Unit III: Renal System

    3 Hours

    acute renal failure, chronic renal failure, renal replacement therapy

  4. Unit IV: Endocrine System

    3 Hours

    diabetes, thyroid disorders

  5. Unit V: Nervous System

    5 Hours

    epilepsy, stroke, parkinsonism

  6. Unit VI: Gastrointestinal System

    2 Hours

    peptic ulcer disease, GERD

  7. Unit VII: Diseases of bones and joints

    3 Hours

    rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis

  8. Unit VII: Infectious Diseases

    4 Hours

    tuberculosis, pneumonia, UTI, malaria, HIV

  9. Unit IX: Hematological Diseases

    3 Hours

    Anemia

Suggested Readings

  • Bauer, L. A. Applied Clinical Pharmacokinetics. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • DiPiro, J. T., Yee, G. C., Posey, L. M., Haines, S. T., Nolin, T. D. and Ellingrod, V. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Herfindal, E. T. and Gourley, D. R. Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics. Williams & Wilkins.
  • Walker, R. and Whittlesea, C. Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics. Elsevier.
  • Zeind, C. S. and Carvalho, M. G. Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Use of Drugs. Wolters Kluwer.
BP803TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Industrial Pharmacy and Facility Design

Course Objectives

  • Introduce regulatory guidelines such as ICH, WHO, Schedule M, cGMP, and SUPAC governing pharmaceutical formulation development, stability testing, and scale-up processes.
  • Develop an understanding of industrial product development processes including pilot plant operations, scale-up considerations, and platform technologies used in pharmaceutical manufacturing.
  • Explain the principles and procedures involved in technology transfer from research and development to commercial production, including documentation, quality risk management, and regulatory compliance.
  • Introduce the design and operational requirements of pharmaceutical facilities for sterile and non-sterile manufacturing, including layout planning, utilities, and contamination control systems.
  • Familiarize students with modern pharmaceutical facility design concepts such as modular cleanrooms, isolators, automation, and advanced contamination control technologies to ensure product quality and regulatory compliance.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Regulatory guidelines for formulation Development

    12 Hours

    ICH Q8, QbD and optimization (Fundamental terminologies, process and applications)

    ICH guidelines of stability testing

    Industrial aspects of Product development

    Pilot Plant and Scale up: General considerations including significance of personnel requirements, space requirements, raw materials, Pilot plant scale up considerations for solids, liquid orals, semi solids and relevant documentation, SUPAC guidelines, Introduction to platform technology

  2. Unit II: Technology development and transfer

    9 Hours

    WHO guidelines for Technology Transfer(TT): Terminology, Technology transfer protocol, Quality risk management, Transfer from R & D to production (Process, packaging and cleaning), Granularity of TT Process (API, excipients, finished products, packaging materials) Documentation, Premises and equipments, qualification and validation, quality control and analytical method transfer.

    TT agencies in India - APCTD, NRDC, TIFAC, BCIL, TBSE / SIDBI;

    TT related documentation - confidentiality agreement, licensing, MoUs, legal issues

  3. Unit III: Facility Considerations: Non sterile

    9 Hours

    Facility design according to schedule M for various dosage forms, Water purification system: design and operation, Storage, distribution, and validation of water systems. Different types of waters. Steam systems and Clean Steam, Compressed air, Vacuum, CIP. Industry standards for water and steam systems. Effluent testing facility: Design and significance.

    Layout design for various non- sterile dosage forms (Process flow)

    Cleaning and disinfection protocols, cleaning types (Type A, B and C), Cleaning validation methods and acceptance criteria,

  4. Unit IV: Facility considerations: Sterile

    9 Hours

    Overview of sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing: layout as per schedule M and cGMP, clean room concept -Importance of sterility and contamination control, SIP. efficient material and personnel flow to maintain sterility, zoning and segregation, Guidelines, standards and Cleanroom classifications from FDA, EMA, WHO and ISO.

    Heating, ventilation and air conditioning system (HVAC): Significance, components, testing (including efficiency and integrity testing of HEPA).

    Parameters for qualification and validation (routine monitoring) of clean area.

  5. Unit V: Advances in facility design

    6 Hours

    Modular concept of manufacturing facilities with significance and suitable examples, Advances in clean room technology: pass - through chambers, isolators, Modular cleanrooms

    Automation and robotics in pharmaceutical manufacturing operations.

Suggested Readings

  • Akers, M. J. Sterile Product Development: Formulation, Process and Regulatory Considerations. CRC Press.
  • Beg, S., Abbas, M. Z. and Hossain, M. A. Pharmaceutical Quality by Design: A Practical Approach. Academic Press.
  • Bunn, G. Pharmaceutical Production Facilities: Design and Applications. CRC Press.
  • Francke, R. M. and Meissner, H. Cleaning Validation: Practical Compliance Solutions for Pharmaceutical Manufacturing. CRC Press.
  • Gad, S. C. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Handbook: Production and Processes. Wiley.
  • Levin, M. Pharmaceutical Process Scale-Up. CRC Press.
  • McCormick, K. Pharmaceutical Facility Design. CRC Press.
  • Nally, J. D. Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals. CRC Press.
  • Sandle, T. Advanced Cleanroom Technology. Wiley-Blackwell.
  • Steinborn, L. GMP/ISO Quality Audit Manual for Healthcare Manufacturers and Their Suppliers. CRC Press.
  • Teasdale, A., Elder, D. and Greenwood, R. W. ICH Quality Guidelines: An Implementation Guide. Wiley.
  • Whyte, W. Cleanroom Technology: Fundamentals of Design, Testing and Operation. Wiley-Blackwell.
BP804TTheory · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Management

Course Objectives

  • Gain a deep understanding of the pharmaceutical sector, including the development, production, and distribution of pharmaceutical products.
  • Familiarize with the global and local pharmaceutical landscape, trends, regulations, and the competitive environment.
  • Learn how to formulate and implement effective business strategies specific to the pharmaceutical industry.
  • Analyze the dynamics of pharmaceutical marketing, product life cycles, and strategic decision-making processes.
  • Understand the principles and practices of marketing pharmaceutical products, including branding, pricing, distribution, and promotion.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Management

    6 Hours

    Introduction to management. Overview of Indian & Global pharmaceutical industry, Role and responsibilities of a pharmaceutical manager. Functions and importance of Key Management Principles: Planning, organizing, leading, controlling, Decision-making and Time management.

  2. Unit II: Marketing Management in Pharmaceuticals

    6 Hours

    Definition and uniqueness of pharmaceutical marketing, Pharmaceutical Marketing Overview; Global & Indian Scenario, Marketing Mix, 4 Ps of Marketing: Product, Price, Place, Promotion, Strategic marketing and competitive analysis, Pharmaceutical Sales: Role of a medical representative, Digital marketing of pharmaceutical products, Ethical considerations in pharmaceutical marketing and promotion, E pharmacies

  3. Unit III: Pharmaceutical Product Management

    6 Hours

    Introduction to Pharmaceutical Product Management, role of product management in the pharmaceutical industry, Key responsibilities of a pharmaceutical product manager, Product Lifecycle Management, Branding and Promotional Strategies in pharmaceutical sector, Importance of market segmentation, targeting, and positioning in product management, Market Research and Analysis in pharmaceutical sector: Techniques for conducting market research.

  4. Unit IV: Financial planning and Human Resource Management

    6 Hours

    Budgeting, financial forecasting, cost control, Pricing of Pharmaceuticals as per DPCO, Importance of human resource management in pharmaceutical organizations, Recruitment, selection, and training of pharmaceutical professionals, Performance appraisal and employee motivation, Behaviour, Leadership styles and their impact on the pharmaceutical industry, Team building and conflict resolution.

  5. Unit V: Operations & Supply Chain Management in Pharmaceuticals

    6 Hours

    Operations Management, Production planning and control in pharmaceutical manufacturing, Inventory management and optimization, Lean manufacturing and Six Sigma in the pharmaceutical industry, Supply Chain Management, Logistics management and drug distribution channels, Cold chain management and the role of technology in SCM, E-commerce and its role in pharmaceutical distribution, Risk Management and Sustainability.

Suggested Readings

  • Dessler, G. Human Resource Management. Pearson.
  • Drucker, P. F. Principles of Management. Harper Business.
  • Joseph, A. S. Pharmaceutical Management and Marketing. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Pandey, I. M. Financial Management. Vikas Publishing House.
  • Stevenson, W. J. Operations Management. McGraw-Hill Education.
  • Kotler, P. and Keller, K. L. Marketing Management. Pearson Education.
  • Kotler, P., Kartajaya, H. and Setiawan, I. Marketing 6.0: The Future Is Immersive. Wiley.
  • Nandy, S. Strategic Pharmaceutical Marketing Management in Growth Markets. CRC Press.
  • Smith, M. C., Kolassa, E. M., Perkins, G. and Siecker, B. Pharmaceutical Marketing: Principles, Environment, and Practice. Pharmaceutical Products Press
BP805TTheory · Core3 CreditsMarks: 30+453 Hrs/week · 45 Hrs

Sterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System

Course Objectives

  • Understand the scientific and technological foundations of advanced and novel drug delivery systems, including their classification, design rationale, materials, and formulation development challenges.
  • Examine the role of polymers, lipids, and excipients in formulating biodegradable, targeted, and controlled-release drug delivery systems.
  • Study specialized drug delivery routes such as oral, mucosal, transdermal, ocular, parenteral and drug carriers including and their impact on therapeutic efficacy.
  • Apply principles of Quality by Design (QbD), preclinical evaluation, and regulatory science to assess NDDS development and clinical translation.
  • Explore the emerging field of precision medicine, including its genetic, molecular, and technological underpinnings relevant to pharmacy.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Fundamentals, Polymers & Materials for NDDS

    12 Hours

    Limitations of conventional dosage forms (e.g., solubility, permeability, toxicity, first-pass metabolism)

    Classification of NDDS: Controlled Release, Targeted, Stimuli-Responsive (Smart), Chronotherapeutic, Transdermal and Mucosal, Implantable and Injectable Depot Systems, Vesicular, Polymeric, Ocular, Pulmonary, and Nasal Drug Delivery Systems

    Biodegradable and biocompatible polymers: PLA, PLGA, PCL, chitosan, gelatin

    Lipids and surfactants: lecithin, phospholipids, Span/Tween, SLNs

    Inorganic systems: silica, gold nanoparticles, iron oxide, MOFs

    Excipients in NDDS: GRAS substances, IIG database, regulatory constraints

  2. Unit II: Oral and Mucosal Delivery Systems

    6 Hours

    Gastro-retentive systems: floating, bioadhesive, expandable systems

    Colon-targeted systems: pH-triggered, microbially-triggered, time-dependent systems

    Buccal, nasal, and pulmonary carriers: films, sprays, DPIs, liposomes

    IVIVC and biorelevant dissolution testing.

  3. Unit III: Transdermal NDDS

    6 Hours

    Introduction to Transdermal drug delivery: Need, advantages disadvantages, basic structure and components. Formulation aspects including permeation enhancers.

    Long-acting systems: in-situ gels, microspheres, implants, ocular inserts

    Transdermal and microneedle technologies: iontophoresis, sonophoresis, micro needles

    Aseptic manufacturing, scale-up challenges, and process analytical tools (PAT)

  4. Unit IV: Evaluation, Quality, and Translation

    6 Hours

    Preformulation and QbD: QTPP, CQAs, CPPs

    Characterization methods: particle size, zeta potential, SEM/TEM, in-vitro release, permeability assays (PAMPA, Caco-2)

    Non-clinical evaluation: PK/PD modeling, biodistribution, toxicology

    Regulatory pathways: 505(b)(2), complex generics, ICH Q8–Q10, EMA pathways

    Case studies: Liposomal Amphotericin B for Fungal Infections, mRNA-Lipid Nanoparticle Vaccines (e.g., COVID-19 Vaccines), Depot Antipsychotic Injections (e.g., Risperidone Microspheres), Transdermal Patch for Hormone Replacement Therapy, Ocular Inserts for Glaucoma Management, Oral Colon-Targeted Delivery for Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Inhalable Insulin for Diabetes Mellitus, Dendrimers for Targeted Cancer Therapy, Chronotherapeutic Drug Delivery in Hypertension.

    Nanosystems and precision medicine: a) Liposomes, niosomes, transferosomes, polymeric nanoparticles, solid-lipid nanoparticles, dendrimers. b) Precision medicine: definition and scope, evolution from “one-size-fits-all” to personalized approaches

  5. Unit V: a. Sterile Dosage Forms (Parenteral & Ophthalmic)

    14 Hours

    Introduction & classification: SVP vs LVP; routes; Advantages/limitations.

    Water for Injection (WFI): Types, preparation, storage/distribution; pharmacopoeial requirements.

    Formulation components: Vehicles, buffers, co-solvents, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives, chelators; isotonicity & osmolality.

    Manufacturing: Aseptic vs terminal sterilisation; filtration; lyophilisation principles; environmental controls.

    Containers & closures: Glass/Plastic systems; elastomers; selection factors; evaluation & container – closure integrity. Form fill Seal and Blow Fill Seal Technology

    Ophthalmics: Solutions/suspensions/ointments/gels/inserts; physiological factors (pH, tonicity, viscosity); residence-time enhancers; preservative-free systems (e.g., BFS).

    Quality control & compliance: Sterility tests, LAL/endotoxins, particulate matter, clarity, extractable volume; labelling & documentation; overview of cGMP/cleanrooms and environmental monitoring.

Suggested Readings

  • Aulton, M. E. and Taylor, K. Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The Design and Manufacture of Medicines. Elsevier.
  • Banga, A. K. Transdermal and Intradermal Delivery of Therapeutic Agents. CRC Press.
  • Dash, A. K. and Cudworth, G. C. Therapeutic Proteins and Peptides: Formulation, Processing and Delivery Systems. CRC Press.
  • Jain, N. K. Drug Delivery Systems. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Kreuter, J. Colloidal Drug Delivery Systems. CRC Press.
  • Martin, A., Sinko, P. J. and Singh, Y. Martin’s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Torchilin, V. P. Nanoparticulates as Drug Carriers. Imperial College Press.
  • Remington. The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Pharmaceutical Press.

AEC – Elective 7 (opt for any one)

BP806T AEC1Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Packaging

Course Objectives

  • Provide students with a comprehensive understanding of pharmaceutical packaging, its principles, materials, processes, and regulatory aspects.
  • Equip students with knowledge of the selection, design, and development of packaging materials for various dosage forms.
  • Educate students on the interaction between packaging and formulation, quality control, and advances in pharmaceutical packaging.
  • Train students in assessing packaging materials for pharmaceutical products in compliance with regulatory guidelines.
  • Prepare students for future roles in pharmaceutical manufacturing, quality assurance, and packaging development.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: General Information on Packaging

    6 Hours

    Introduction: Purpose of packaging, selection of the ideal package (primary, secondary and tertiary), hazards encountered by the package, various types of inner and outer packages, selection of a suitable package.

    Packaging materials: Detailed study with regard to composition packaging characteristics, advantages, economics and limitations of various packaging materials with special emphasis on glass, plastics, metals and rubber.

    Child resistant package, Tamper Evident Packaging, Anti-Counterfeit Packaging, Environmental considerations of packaging (Recycling).

  2. Unit II: Pharmaceutical Packaging – Design and Development

    6 Hours

    Selection and Design of Packaging during Product Development Process (Parameters).

    Packaging Process: Significance of Strip, Blister, Pouch Packaging, advantages, economics and limitation, Packing machinery and recent advances, films employed in Packing (Video based learning).

  3. Unit III: Formulation Packaging Interaction

    6 Hours

    Polymer Chemistry Science and Stability Aspects

    Extractable and Leachables

    Methods to study formulation packaging interaction

    Suitability considerations for pharmaceutical packaging

  4. Unit IV: Quality Assurance, Control and Regulatory Aspects

    6 Hours

    Total Quality management, Good Manufacturing Practice, Quality Risk Management related to Packaging Department, Specification Testing and Shelf-life testing as per Pharmacopoeial Guidelines for Packaging Material in-process and finished Package Products.

    Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)/Documentation for Solid/Semi-Solid/Liquid/Parenteral Formulation Packaging. Packaging waste and Waste policies for packaging materials,

  5. Unit V: Advances in Pharmaceutical Packaging

    6 Hours

    Labelling- Types of label (including Bar code, Hologram, RF, structured program, in-mould and decorative labelling) – Use of Software, Legal requirements of Labelling, packaging inserts and outserts. Adhesives and Machinery Employed for Labelling - Pharmacy Accessory Label Printers (PALP), Concept of paperless labelling

    Logistics Packaging - Block Chain Technology in Supply Traceability, Transparency and Credibility. Review on Automated Packaging System for Oral Solids (Auto-Print), Oral Liquid (Fluidose), and overwrapping (PABS).

Suggested Readings

  • Brody, A. L., Marsh, K. S. The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology. John Wiley & Sons, New York, USA.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A., Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, USA.
  • KacChesney, T. C. Packaging of Cosmetics and Toiletries. Newness-Butterworth, London, UK.
  • Allen, L. V. Jr. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, USA.
  • Bauer, E. J. Pharmaceutical Packaging Handbook. CRC Press / Informa Healthcare Ltd, USA.
  • Dean, D. A., Evans, E. R., Hall, I. H. (Eds.) Pharmaceutical Packaging Technology. CRC Press, USA.
  • Lockhart, H., Paine, F. A. Packaging of Pharmaceuticals & Healthcare Products. Chapman & Hall, UK.
  • Harburn, K. Quality Control of Packaging Materials in the Pharmaceutical Industry. CRC Press, USA.
BP806T AEC2Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Supply Chain Management

Course Objectives

  • Understand and apply key SCM concepts and frameworks.
  • Analyze and optimize supply chain processes using industry-standard models.
  • Evaluate the impact of digital technologies and sustainability on supply chains.
  • Develop strategies for risk management and resilience in supply chains.
  • Implement best practices for procurement, logistics, and inventory management.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Supply Chain Management

    6 Hours

    Introduction to SCM: Definition, scope, Importance of SCM, in global business, Key components and stakeholders, Supply Chain Strategies, Process and barriers of supply chain management.

    Supply Chain Models: SCOR Model (Plan, Source, Make, Deliver, Return) CSCMP Supply Chain Process Standards.

    Supply Chain Network Design, Facility location and layout, Transportation planning.

    Supply Chain Performance Metrics, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

    Performance measurement tools

    Case Study: SCM in Practice with Real-world examples

  2. Unit II: Procurement and Supplier Management

    6 Hours

    Procurement Fundamentals, Role of procurement in SCM, sourcing strategies

    Supplier selection criteria, supplier performance evaluation, Collaboration and communication.

    Global Sourcing, Challenges and opportunities, Cultural considerations, Legal and ethical issues

    E-Procurement, Electronic procurement systems, Benefits and challenges

    Case Study: Procurement Excellence, Best practices.

  3. Unit III: Logistics and Distribution Management

    6 Hours

    Logistics Fundamentals, Definition and scope, Importance in SCM

    Transportation Management, Modes of transportation, Routing and scheduling, Freight cost analysis

    Inventory Management of pharmaceuticals, Inventory types and functions, Inventory control techniques, Economic Order Quantity (EOQ)

    Introduction to warehouse functions, Management and Distribution channels and distribution strategies for vaccines and biologicals.

    Case Study: Logistics and transportation Optimization process, Knowledge and skill sets needed for optimization.

  4. Unit IV: Technology and Innovation in SCM

    6 Hours

    Information Technology in SCM, Role of IT in SCM planning and operations management for pharmaceuticals.

    Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems, operations 6system, Supply Chain Management Softwares.

    Big Data and Analytics, Importance of data in SCM.

    Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, AI/ML applications in SCM, smart logistics.

    Demand forecasting, Autonomous vehicles

    Security and transparency with special emphasis to cybersecurity.

  5. Unit V: Sustainability and Risk Management in SCM

    6 Hours

    Sustainable Supply Chain Management, Green logistics, Circular economy Environmental impact assessment.

    Ethical Sourcing, Fair trade practices, Labor standards, Supplier audits.

    Risk Management in SCM, Risk identification and assessment, Risk mitigation strategies, Crisis management with special emphasis to Pharmaceutical products.

    Regulatory Compliance, International trade regulations, Customs and import/export laws, Compliance standards.

    Cold chain management, its need, challenges and opportunities in Pharmaceutical products.

    Case Study: Risk and Sustainability Challenges

Suggested Readings

  • Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation (7th ed.). Pearson.
  • Christopher, M. (2016). Logistics & Supply Chain Management (5th ed.). Pearson.
  • Lambert, D. M., & Cooper, M. C. (2000). Issues in Supply Chain Management. Industrial Marketing Management, 29(1), 65-83.
  • Coyle, Bardi, Longley, The Management of Business Logistics - A Supply Chain Perspective, Thompson Press, 2006.
BP806T AEC3Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Industrial Safety and Waste Management

Course Objectives

  • Explain the principles of industrial safety and accident prevention in pharmaceutical industries.
  • Analyze workplace hazards and apply risk management strategies for ensuring safe industrial operations.
  • Describe the types of industrial waste generated in pharmaceutical industries and their environmental impacts.
  • Familiarize students with waste treatment technologies and regulatory frameworks governing industrial waste management.
  • Promote understanding of sustainable waste management practices in accordance with national and international environmental standards.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Industrial Safety

    6 Hours

    Importance of industrial safety in pharmaceutical and chemical industries

    Types of industrial hazards: physical, chemical, biological, mechanical, electrical

    Accident prevention techniques

    Safety signs, symbols, and personal protective equipment (PPE)

    OSHA guidelines and ISO safety standards

  2. Unit II: Risk Assessment and Hazard Management

    6 Hours

    Hazard identification methods (HAZOP, FMEA)

    Risk analysis and evaluation

    Safety audit and checklist

    Fire hazards and fire-fighting systems

    Role of safety officer and disaster management planning

  3. Unit III: Waste Management – Fundamentals

    6 Hours

    Classification of industrial waste: hazardous, non-hazardous, solid, liquid

    Sources of pharmaceutical and chemical waste

    Waste minimization strategies

    Recycling, reuse, and resource recovery

    Environmental impact assessment (EIA) basics

  4. Unit IV: Waste Treatment Technologies

    6 Hours

    Physical, chemical, and biological methods of waste treatment

    Treatment of effluents, emissions, and solid waste

    Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETP)

    Biomedical waste disposal and rules (BMW Rules – India)

    Guidelines from CPCB, WHO, and MOEFCC

  5. Unit V: Regulatory and Sustainable Practices

    6 Hours

    Environmental Protection Act, Factories Act, Hazardous Waste Rules

    Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) related to waste and safety

    International guidelines: US EPA, EU regulations, WHO

    Sustainable development goals (SDGs) related to waste and health

    Case studies of safe and green pharma manufacturing

Suggested Readings

  • Industrial Safety Management by L.M. Deshmukh, McGraw-Hill Education
  • Waste Management Practices: Municipal, Hazardous, and Industrial by John Pichtel, CRC Press
  • Safety, Health and Environment for Engineers and Scientists by Michel W. First, John Wiley & Sons
  • Industrial Waste Management Handbook by Kanti L. Shah, McGraw-Hill Education
  • Biomedical Waste Management in India by Sunil Kumar, Elsevier
BP806T AEC4Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Traditional Healing Practices of India

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts and historical background of Indian traditional medicine systems.
  • Explain the core principles and diagnostic approaches of Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani, Naturopathy, and Homeopathy.
  • Examine tribal and folk healing traditions and their role in community healthcare practices.
  • Explore the cultural, spiritual, and religious dimensions associated with traditional healing systems.
  • Promote understanding of the scientific validation and policy-level integration of traditional medical knowledge.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to Traditional Medicine

    6 Hours

    Definition and scope of traditional healing

    Historical evolution of traditional medicine in India

    Indigenous knowledge systems and oral traditions

    Health and disease in Indian philosophical thought

    Integrating Traditional Healing with Modern Medicine

    What is a traditional healing practice.

    Traditional healing practice in India.

    Socio-Scientific Validation and Knowledge Integration

    Preservation of Socio-Cultural Health Knowledge

    Ethnoveterinary Empowerment and Rural Health Equity

  2. Unit II

    6 Hours

    Basic principles: Ayurveda, Panchamahabhuta, Tridosha, Dhatu, Mala

    Diagnosis and treatment: Pulse diagnosis, Panchakarma, Rasayana, Nadi Parikshan, Marma therapy, Chiropathic treatment,

    Materia medica (Dravyaguna) and formulation (Rasa Shastra)

    Current relevance and institutionalization (AYUSH)

    The study seeks to integrate traditional healing practices into contemporary healthcare systems.

    Contemporary usage and debates

    Fostering Transdisciplinary Collaboration

    Economic Viability and Grassroots Entrepreneurship

  3. Unit III: Siddha and Unani Systems

    6 Hours

    Siddha: Origin, principles, and therapeutic techniques

    Unani: Greek-Arabic foundations, four humors, pharmacopoeia

    Role in South Indian and Indo-Islamic medical heritage

    Role of traditional healing practice in homeopathy and naturopathy

    Role of traditional healing practice in homeopathy and naturopathy

    Development and acceptance in India

    Role of traditional healing practice in homeopathy and naturopathy

    Development and acceptance in India

  4. Unit IV: Folk and Tribal Healing Practices

    6 Hours

    Holistic approach to the traditional system, natural methods of healing practices, and cultural significance of the traditional system of medicine.

    Difference between Indian traditional system of medicine and traditional Chinese medicinal system.

    Regional practices: Snake stones, ritual healing, herbal knowledge

    Role of healers: Vaidya, Ojha, Bhopa, Bonesetters, Dai (traditional midwives)

    Ethnomedicine and ethnobotany: Case studies from North East of India, Chhattisgarh, Himalaya etc.

    Multidisciplinary longitudinal study to comprehensively document, scientifically validate, and integrate traditional healing systems

  5. Unit V: Spiritual and Religious Healing

    6 Hours

    Role of Yoga, Pranayama, and meditation

    Healing through Mantras, rituals, and astrology

    Use of temples and sacred groves in mental health and well-being

    Computational studies will complement laboratory investigations by revealing molecular interactions and mechanisms of action, thereby providing scientific rigor to traditional claims.

    Legal and policy frameworks (AYUSH, WHO recognition)

    Role of NGOs and community health programs

    Challenges in validation, standardization, and commercialization

    Case studies of integration in rural/urban healthcare

    Protection of Intellectual Property and Cultural Sovereignty

    Documentation of Indigenous Knowledge System (IKS).

    Prevention of the Traditional system of medicine.

Suggested Readings

  • The Roots of Ayurveda: Selections from Sanskrit Medical Writings – Dominik Wujastyk, Penguin Classics
  • Indian Medicine in the Classical Age – D. N. Jha, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers
  • A History of Indian Medical Literature – Gerrit Jan Meulenbeld, Egbert Forsten Publishing
  • The Ayurveda Encyclopedia: Natural Secrets to Healing, Prevention, and Longevity – Swami Sadashiva Tirtha, Ayurvedic Holistic Center Press
  • The Science of Medicine and Surgery in Ancient India – K. R. Srikantha Murthy, Chaukhambha Orientalia
  • Traditional Knowledge System in India – Kapil Kapoor, Indian Institute of Advanced Study
  • Folk Medicine and Culture in Tribal India – P. C. Joshi, Rawat Publications
  • Encyclopaedia of Indian Medicine: Volumes on Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani & Folk Traditions – K. L. Sharma, Deep & Deep Publications
BP806T AEC5Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Futuristic Pharma Through Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR/VR): Pharma 4.0

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamental concepts of Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) technologies and their applications in the pharmaceutical sector.
  • Provide hands-on exposure to AR/VR tools used in pharmaceutical manufacturing, training, simulation, and patient education.
  • Develop skills in utilizing immersive technologies for pharmaceutical research, formulation development, and scientific communication.
  • Explore the integration of Pharma 4.0 technologies, including AI, IoT, and AR/VR, in smart pharmaceutical manufacturing and regulatory compliance.
  • Familiarize students with emerging immersive solutions in the pharmaceutical industry that support quality assurance, training, and regulatory standards.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to AR/VR and Tools

    6 Hours

    Understanding AR and VR: Concepts, Tools, and Devices

    Hands-on demo of Google Cardboard, Oculus, or similar headsets

    Difference between AR, VR, and Mixed Reality (MR)

    Exploring AR/VR Platforms for Life Sciences

    Overview of software: Unity 3D, Vuforia, WebAR, JigSpace, ARKit

    Demo of existing pharma-related AR/VR apps (e.g., Human Anatomy VR)

  2. Unit II: AR/VR in Pharmaceutical Education and Training

    6 Hours

    Use of apps for visualizing drug-receptor interaction

    Virtual dissection and interactive physiology

    Simulated tablet compression and coating machines

    Training modules on aseptic techniques using VR

    Counseling Patients in a Virtual Pharmacy Setup

    Use of avatars and scenarios for OTC counseling, prescription explanation

    Emphasis on communication and empathy in virtual settings

  3. Unit III: AR/VR in Manufacturing and Pharma 4.0

    6 Hours

    Digital Twin Concept & Virtual Plant Walkthrough

    Create mock layouts of pharma production plants in AR

    Navigate a cleanroom and observe equipment placement virtually

    Smart Maintenance and SOP Training via AR

    Integrating AR with Sensors and QR-based Inventory

    Real-world temperature/humidity sensors

    Live monitoring of warehousing systems

    Pharma 4.0 Compliance and Regulatory Perspectives

    Virtual audit readiness

    Documentation and equipment validation trails using AR mock-ups

  4. Unit IV: AR/VR for Patient-Centric Applications

    6 Hours

    Patient Leaflets and Drug Delivery Tutorials

    Creating content showing how to use inhalers, injectables, or devices

    Overlay content on medicine boxes or instruction cards

    AR/VR for Mental Health, Pain, and Rehabilitation Therapy

    Case studies: VR for phobia therapy, chronic pain, relaxation therapy

    Digital Adherence Tools with AR Guidance

    Real-time AR reminders linked to prescription schedules

    AI avatars for personalized patient nudges

  5. Unit V: Project-Based Integration and Evaluation

    6 Hours

    Mini Project: Create an AR/VR-Based Solution

    Example: VR tour of GMP plant, AR-based patient education module

    Demo Unity or online tools like CoSpaces / ZapWorks

Suggested Readings

  • Schmalstieg D, Hollerer T. Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice. 1st ed. Boston: Addison-Wesley Professional; 2016.
  • Craig AB. Understanding Augmented Reality: Concepts and Applications. 2nd ed. Burlington: Morgan Kaufmann; 2018.
  • Umeda B, Thompson KK, editors. Virtual and Augmented Reality in Medical and Pharmaceutical Applications. 1st ed. Cambridge: Elsevier; 2022.
  • Huang Y, Jiang P, editors. Digital Twin-Driven Smart Manufacturing. 1st ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2020.
BP806T AEC6Theory · Elective2 CreditsMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Herbal Cosmetics for Industry Perspectives

Course Objectives

  • Introduce the fundamentals of the herbal cosmetics industry and its scope in the global market.
  • Develop an entrepreneurial mindset for innovation and business development in herbal cosmetic products.
  • Build competence in financial planning, business management, and marketing strategies relevant to herbal cosmetic enterprises.
  • Familiarize students with legal and regulatory frameworks governing the manufacture and marketing of herbal cosmetic products.
  • Develop skills in quality assurance, safety evaluation, and standardization of herbal cosmetic formulations.

Course Content

  1. Unit I: Introduction to the requirements for an herbal cosmetics industry

    6 Hours

    Market trends, worldwide trade and consumer demand for herbal cosmetics. Advantages and challenges of the herbal cosmetics industry. Requirements for factory location, premises, plant layout and infrastructure and materials.

  2. Unit II: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship

    6 Hours

    Characteristics and skills of successful entrepreneurs. Types of entrepreneurship: product, process, and quality testing entrepreneurship. Developing Entrepreneurial mind-set. Case studies Success Stories of some successful herbal cosmetic brands (e.g., Forest Essentials, Biotique, Khadi Naturals)

    Steps involved in setting up a start-up:

    Identifying gaps in the herbal cosmetics market

    Business plan development for a herbal cosmetic product

    SWOT analysis for herbal cosmetics start-ups

    Technical, financial, and market feasibility study

    Planning for scalability and sustainability

  3. Unit III: Financial Management and Marketing Strategies

    6 Hours

    Budgeting and cost estimation. Sources of finance: loans, grants, angel investors, venture capital. Government schemes (STARTUP INDIA) and support for MSMEs and herbal industries.

    Overview on branding essentials – positioning and brand identity. Distribution channels: retail, e-commerce, exports. Digital marketing: social media, Search Engine Optimization (SEO) influencer marketing

  4. Unit IV: Legal and Regulatory Framework

    8 Hours

    Licensing and registration for herbal cosmetics as per the Drugs and Cosmetics Act (1940) and rules (1945) of India. The role of CDSCO, AYUSH ministry, FSSAI, ISO, GMP in the herbal cosmetics industry

    Labelling and packaging norms (Schedule S and role of Bureau of Indian Standards –BIS)

    Advertising regulation for herbal cosmetics

    IP rights: patents, trademarks, and protection of herbal knowledge

  5. Unit V: Quality and safety evaluation of herbal cosmetics

    4 Hours

    Importance of quality assurance in herbal cosmetics. Key safety concerns (contamination, allergens, microbial growth). Quality evaluation of herbal raw material. Product-Specific Quality Parameters - Quality standards for creams, lotions, shampoos, oils, face packs, etc. Specific marker compounds and their quantification in herbal products.

    Toxicological and Safety Evaluation: In vitro and in vivo safety testing (skin irritation, sensitization, eye irritation). Patch testing, Draize test, and OECD guidelines. Use of alternative non-animal testing methods (3D skin models, in silico models)

Suggested Readings

  • Barel, A. O., Paye, M., Maibach, H. I. (Eds.) Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis.
  • Nema, R. K., Rathore, K. S. Herbal Cosmetics: Formulation, Characterization and Standardization. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, India.
  • Mitsui, T. (Ed.) New Cosmetic Science. Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
  • Barel, A. O., Paye, M., Maibach, H. I. Cosmetic Dermatology. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis.
  • Rosen, M. R. (Ed.) Delivery System Handbook for Personal Care and Cosmetic Products. William Andrew Publishing (Elsevier).
  • Draize, J. H. Dermal Toxicology and Safety Evaluation of Cosmetics. Academic Press, USA.
  • OECD. Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals: Skin and Eye Irritation/Sensitization. OECD Publishing, Paris, France.
  • Mukherjee, P. K. Quality Control and Evaluation of Herbal Drugs. Elsevier, New Delhi, India.
  • Forestier, J. P. Cosmetic Microbiology. Taylor & Francis, USA.
  • WHO. Quality Control Methods for Herbal Materials. World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland.
BP807PPractical · Core1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Pharmaceutical Marketing Skills

Course Objectives

  • Introduce students to the fundamentals of pharmaceutical marketing, focusing on the industry-specific strategies and tactics.
  • Gain insight into the stages of a pharmaceutical product’s lifecycle, from development to commercialization.
  • Discuss the critical role of regulations, ethical considerations, and compliance issues in marketing pharmaceutical products.
  • Equip students with skills to design marketing strategies for pharmaceutical products, considering various market segments and stakeholder needs.
  • Introduce various sales techniques and communication skills needed to build relationships with healthcare professionals and other stakeholders.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Conduct a comparative study of Indian and global pharmaceutical marketing approaches.
  2. Study and classify different marketing communication styles in the pharmaceutical industry.
  3. Design and conduct primary market research on prescription pharmaceutical products and analyze the data.
  4. Design and conduct primary market research on OTC products and analyze the data.
  5. Create and deliver a product detailing presentation for healthcare professionals.
  6. Design a patient education program or presentation for pharmaceutical products targeting consumers.
  7. Develop and present communication strategies for OTC products for both healthcare professionals and consumers.
  8. Design a product promotion scheme and create a brand strategy for a pharmaceutical product.
  9. Develop a sales strategy for a pharmaceutical product focusing on distribution channels and promotional tactics for retailers/distributors.
  10. Design a mock-up or prototype of an e-commerce website for pharmacy.
  11. Design a digital marketing campaign for a pharmaceutical or cosmetic product using social media, email marketing, and SEO techniques.
  12. Create a product positioning statement including the Unique Selling Proposition (USP) for a new pharmaceutical product.

Suggested Readings

  • Crompton, J. L. and Lamb, C. W. Marketing Government and Social Services. Wiley.
  • Herger, M. Pharma Marketing Excellence: Strategy, Tactics and Implementation. CRC Press.
  • Jain, S. K. Pharmaceutical Marketing Management. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Kotler, P. and Keller, K. L. Marketing Management. Pearson.
  • Kotler, P., Shalowitz, J. and Stevens, R. J. Strategic Marketing for Health Care Organizations. Jossey-Bass.
  • Malhotra, N. K. Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation. Pearson.
  • Panda, T. K. Sales and Distribution Management. Oxford University Press.
  • Porter, M. E. Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors. Free Press.
  • Smith, M. C. Pharmaceutical Marketing: Strategy and Cases. Pharmaceutical Products Press.
BP808PPractical · Core2 CreditsMarks: 20+304 Hrs/week · 60 Hrs

Sterile Dosage Form and Novel Drug Delivery System

Course Objectives

  • Provide a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, design principles, and technological advancements in novel drug delivery systems (NDDS) and their application in precision medicine.
  • Develop proficiency in the formulation, preparation, and evaluation of various advanced dosage forms for site-specific and controlled drug delivery.
  • Impart knowledge on biopharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic considerations influencing NDDS for improved therapeutic outcomes.
  • Introduce students to the role of NDDS in personalized/precision medicine, focusing on patient-specific drug delivery strategies.
  • Equip students with skills to critically evaluate formulation performance using appropriate experimental, analytical, and regulatory approaches.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Minimum 12 experiments must be performed)
  2. Preparation and evaluation of orodispersible tablets
  3. Preparation and evaluation of fast dissolving tablets.
  4. Preparation and evaluation of bilayer tablets
  5. Preparation and evaluation of osmotic tablets
  6. Preparation and evaluation of microspheres by coacervation phase separation technique
  7. Preparation and evaluation of microcapsules
  8. Preparation and evaluation of bioadhesive buccal patches
  9. Preparation and evaluation of sublingual tablets
  10. Preparation and evaluation of buccal tablets
  11. Preparation and evaluation of transdermal patches
  12. Preparation and evaluation of floating tablets
  13. Preparation and evaluation of gastro retentive drug delivery systems
  14. Preparation and evaluation of liposomes
  15. Preparation and evaluation of niosomes
  16. Preparation and evaluation of nasal spray
  17. Preparation and evaluation of a parenteral preparation.
  18. Evaluation of pharmaceutical waters: Purified & Distilled Water as per IP; review of WFI specifications (conductivity/ TOC limits-demo / simulation).

Suggested Readings

  • Allen, L. V., Popovich, N. G. and Ansel, H. C. Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Ansel, H. C., Allen, L. V. and Popovich, N. G. Pharmaceutical Calculations. Wolters Kluwer.
  • Banker, G. S. and Rhodes, C. T. Modern Pharmaceutics. CRC Press.
  • Chien, Y. W. Novel Drug Delivery Systems. CRC Press.
  • Jain, N. K. Controlled and Novel Drug Delivery Systems. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Lachman, L., Lieberman, H. A. and Kanig, J. L. The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
  • Sinko, P. J. Martin’s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
  • Swarbrick, J. and Boylan, J. C. Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology. CRC Press.
  • Indian Pharmacopoeia. Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission.

VAC – Elective 8 (opt for any one)

BP809P VAC1Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Cleaning Validation

Course Objectives

  • To understand the importance of cleaning validation in pharmaceutical manufacturing.
  • To familiarize students with the regulatory requirements for cleaning validation.
  • To teach methods for residue detection and the development of cleaning protocols.
  • To explore different analytical techniques used in cleaning validation.
  • To develop skills in writing cleaning validation reports and ensuring compliance.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Perform any 12 Experiments)
  2. Preparation of a cleaning validation protocol for a tablet machine
  3. Calculation of MACO (Maximum Allowable Carry Over)
  4. Swab sampling technique demonstration using stainless steel surface
  5. Rinse sampling technique for equipment residue detection
  6. Visual inspection for equipment cleanliness (case photos/videos)
  7. Preparation of recovery study protocol using a known contaminant
  8. Demonstration of Total Organic Carbon (TOC) analysis (video/simulation)
  9. HPLC method development for residue analysis (demo dataset)
  10. Interpretation of swab analysis results and comparison with acceptance limits
  11. Preparation of cleaning log sheet and checklists
  12. Validation of cleaning agents: detergent effectiveness and rinsibility
  13. Determining dirty hold time and clean hold time experimentally (conceptual)
  14. Designing a matrix approach for multi-product equipment
  15. Simulated deviation report and CAPA for cleaning failure
  16. Preparation of a final cleaning validation summary report

Suggested Readings

  • Cleaning Validation: A Practical Approach – David M. Blenkinsopp & Roy T. Harvey, CRC Press
  • Cleaning Validation in Pharmaceutical Manufacturing – Trevor Deeks, CRC Press
  • Pharmaceutical Cleaning Validation: The Basics – Andrew Walsh, Interpharm Press
  • Cleaning and Cleaning Validation: Volume 1 – Syed Imtiaz Haider, Informa Healthcare
  • Validation of Cleaning Processes in Pharmaceuticals and Biopharmaceuticals – Jeanne Moldenhauer, DHI Publishing
  • Pharmaceutical Equipment Cleaning: Fundamentals, Applications and Validations – Gail Sofer, CRC Press
BP809P VAC2Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Basic Training in Aseptic Handling Techniques

Course Objectives

  • Understand aseptic principles that prevent microbial contamination in clean-room work.
  • Learn correct gowning and hand-hygiene steps for ISO-classified areas.
  • Practise safe techniques for setting up laminar-airflow hoods and transferring sterile materials.
  • Carry out routine monitoring of surfaces, air, and personnel to verify sterility.
  • Document procedures accurately to meet GMP and audit requirements.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. Gown-up / Gown-down Drill – correct sequencing of coverall, hood, mask, goggles, gloves, and sterile boots.
  2. Hand-washing Verification – surgical scrub with UV lotion; inspect under UV lamp for missed spots.
  3. Clean-room Entry & Flow Simulation – air-shower pass, unidirectional walking, and material air-lock transfer.
  4. LAF Hood Preparation – wipe-down with sporicidal, set airflow, place sterile tools in first-air zone.
  5. Smoke-pattern Test – visualize HEPA downflow with smoke to confirm laminar, turbulence-free air.
  6. Aseptic Liquid Transfer – pipette or syringe transfer of TSB between vials without touching non-sterile surfaces.
  7. Sterile Filtration & Filter Integrity Check – filter a buffer through 0.22 µm unit and perform bubble-point test.
  8. Mini Media-Fill – fill 20 sterile vials with TSB under LAF, incubate, and record turbidity for 14 days.
  9. Environmental & Personnel Monitoring – deploy settle/contact plates, take glove-fingertip prints, run an air sampler.
  10. Cleaning & ATP Validation – full hood wipe-down, then ATP swab pre- and post-clean to verify < 200 RLU residue.

Suggested Readings

  • Akers J, Moldenhauer J, editors. Aseptic Processing: A Review of Current Industry Practice. 2nd ed. Boca Raton: CRC Press; 2022.
  • Smith C. Sterile Drug Products: Formulation, Packaging, Manufacturing, and Quality. 2nd ed. New York: Springer; 2020.
  • Vanderhaegen B. Cleanroom Design: Concepts and Practice. 3rd ed. London: Wiley; 2019.
  • Sandle T. Cleanroom Microbiology. 1st ed. Boca Raton: CRC Press; 2021.
BP809P VAC3Practical · Elective1 CreditMarks: 20+302 Hrs/week · 30 Hrs

Impurity Profiling

Course Objectives

  • To understand the types and sources of impurities in pharmaceutical substances.
  • To learn the techniques used for detection, isolation, and quantification of impurities.
  • To study regulatory guidelines for impurity profiling (ICH, USFDA, EMA).
  • To develop skills in interpreting impurity data and analytical validation.
  • To apply impurity profiling in drug development, stability studies, and quality control.

Practical / Lab Exercises

  1. (Perform any 12 Experiments)
  2. Identification of organic impurities in bulk drugs using TLC
  3. Quantification of impurities using HPLC
  4. Determination of residual solvents by GC (as per ICH Q3C)
  5. UV-spectrophotometric analysis of degradation products
  6. Preparation of forced degradation samples (acid/base/hydrolytic)
  7. Identification of degradation products via IR spectroscopy
  8. Extraction and analysis of impurities from finished dosage forms
  9. Impurity profiling of marketed paracetamol tablet using HPLC
  10. Qualification of impurities as per ICH Q3A/Q3B guidelines
  11. Limit test for heavy metals (as per IP)
  12. Estimation of elemental impurities by ICP-MS or simulated method
  13. Determination of related substances in antibiotics (e.g., cephalosporins)
  14. Use of LC-MS data interpretation for impurity identification (demo/simulated)
  15. Impurity profiling of herbal products using HPTLC
  16. Report preparation on impurity profiling as per regulatory requirements

Suggested Readings

  • Gorog, S. Impurities Evaluation of Pharmaceuticals. Marcel Dekker Inc., USA.
  • Teasdale, A. ICH Quality Guidelines: An Implementation Guide. John Wiley & Sons, USA.
  • Kar, A. Pharmaceutical Analysis. New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, India.
  • Connors, K. A. A Textbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis. Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India.
  • Ahuja, S. Handbook of Isolation and Characterization of Impurities in Pharmaceuticals. Academic Press (Elsevier), USA.
  • Chamberlain, J. The Analysis of Drugs in Biological Fluids. CRC Press, USA.
BP810RPResearch Project6 CreditsMarks: 150

Research Project

As per Regulation section 21, all students shall undertake a project under the supervision of a teacher, in groups not exceeding three members, and submit a typed and bound report of no less than 25 pages in triplicate. The project is evaluated in groups by internal and external examiners appointed by the University during the practical examinations, for 60 marks on the dissertation book and 90 marks on the presentation. See page 46 of the PDF

Download B Pharm Syllabus PDF

The syllabus on this page is reproduced from the official Pharmacy Council of India document. Download the PDF for the original scheme, credit structure and examination rules.

Syllabus of Other Programmes at Ishan Institute of Pharmacy

B Pharm Syllabus FAQs

Ishan Institute of Pharmacy follows the B.Pharm syllabus of the Pharmacy Council of India, framed under the Regulation for the B.Pharm Degree Programme on the Choice Based Credit System as per the National Education Policy 2020, proposed for implementation from the 2026-27 academic year.

A minimum of 193 credits is required for the award of the B.Pharm degree, distributed as 21, 26, 25, 23, 22, 26, 26 and 24 credits across Semesters I to VIII. Lateral entry students are awarded 47 credits for their Diploma in Pharmacy.

Yes. Candidates who have passed the D.Pharm course from a PCI-approved institution can join B.Pharm directly in the third semester and complete it in six semesters. They also take Healthcare Psychology and Communication Skills (Theory and Practical) and Basics of Python Programming for Pharmaceutical Sciences in Semester III, and Applied Biostatistics and Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Sciences in Semester IV.

Yes. Every student completes a mandatory internship of at least 240 hours of practical training spread over two semesters (BP411I in Semester IV and BP612I in Semester VI) in industry, a hospital or community pharmacy, or another relevant field. A research project (BP710RP and BP810RP) is carried out in Semesters VII and VIII in groups of up to three students under a teacher's supervision.

A student must secure at least 50% marks in a course, including internal assessment, to pass it. A minimum of 75% attendance is required in each course, with theory and practical attendance counted separately.

Apply for B Pharm admission at top pharmacy college Greater Noida
APPLY NOW

Ready to Join B Pharm?

Take the first step towards your dream career. Apply now or contact us for more information.

Contact Us

Start Your Journey

Fill in your details to apply

Apply Now

Student Details

+91

I authorize Ishan Institute of Pharmacy to contact me with notifications / updates via call / email / SMS / WhatsApp.